2017-10-10 22:33:29 +00:00
|
|
|
//===- AsmPrinter.cpp - Common AsmPrinter code ----------------------------===//
|
2004-08-16 23:15:22 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
2019-01-19 08:50:56 +00:00
|
|
|
// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
|
|
|
|
// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
|
|
|
|
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
|
2004-08-16 23:15:22 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// This file implements the AsmPrinter class.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
|
|
|
|
2017-06-06 11:49:48 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/CodeGen/AsmPrinter.h"
|
2016-04-18 09:17:29 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "CodeViewDebug.h"
|
2010-04-05 05:11:15 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "DwarfDebug.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "DwarfException.h"
|
Reland "[WebAssembly] LSDA info generation"
Summary:
This adds support for LSDA (exception table) generation for wasm EH.
Wasm EH mostly follows the structure of Itanium-style exception tables,
with one exception: a call site table entry in wasm EH corresponds to
not a call site but a landing pad.
In wasm EH, the VM is responsible for stack unwinding. After an
exception occurs and the stack is unwound, the control flow is
transferred to wasm 'catch' instruction by the VM, after which the
personality function is called from the compiler-generated code. (Refer
to WasmEHPrepare pass for more information on this part.)
This patch:
- Changes wasm.landingpad.index intrinsic to take a token argument, to
make this 1:1 match with a catchpad instruction
- Stores landingpad index info and catch type info MachineFunction in
before instruction selection
- Lowers wasm.lsda intrinsic to an MCSymbol pointing to the start of an
exception table
- Adds WasmException class with overridden methods for table generation
- Adds support for LSDA section in Wasm object writer
Reviewers: dschuff, sbc100, rnk
Subscribers: mgorny, jgravelle-google, sunfish, llvm-commits
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D52748
llvm-svn: 345345
2018-10-25 23:55:10 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "WasmException.h"
|
2018-01-09 23:49:30 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "WinCFGuard.h"
|
2015-05-28 22:47:01 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "WinException.h"
|
2017-02-14 00:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/ADT/APFloat.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
|
2017-06-06 11:49:48 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
|
2017-02-14 00:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
|
2012-12-03 16:50:05 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
|
2017-02-14 00:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
|
2012-12-03 16:50:05 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h"
|
2017-10-10 22:33:29 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/Analysis/EHPersonalities.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "llvm/Analysis/OptimizationRemarkEmitter.h"
|
[MinGW] [X86] Add stubs for references to data variables that might end up imported from a dll
Variables declared with the dllimport attribute are accessed via a
stub variable named __imp_<var>. In MinGW configurations, variables that
aren't declared with a dllimport attribute might still end up imported
from another DLL with runtime pseudo relocs.
For x86_64, this avoids the risk that the target is out of range
for a 32 bit PC relative reference, in case the target DLL is loaded
further than 4 GB from the reference. It also avoids having to make the
text section writable at runtime when doing the runtime fixups, which
makes it worthwhile to do for i386 as well.
Add stub variables for all dso local data references where a definition
of the variable isn't visible within the module, since the DLL data
autoimporting might make them imported even though they are marked as
dso local within LLVM.
Don't do this for variables that actually are defined within the same
module, since we then know for sure that it actually is dso local.
Don't do this for references to functions, since there's no need for
runtime pseudo relocations for autoimporting them; if a function from
a different DLL is called without the appropriate dllimport attribute,
the call just gets routed via a thunk instead.
GCC does something similar since 4.9 (when compiling with -mcmodel=medium
or large; from that version, medium is the default code model for x86_64
mingw), but only for x86_64.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D51288
llvm-svn: 340942
2018-08-29 17:28:34 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/BinaryFormat/COFF.h"
|
2017-06-07 03:48:56 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/BinaryFormat/Dwarf.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "llvm/BinaryFormat/ELF.h"
|
2017-02-14 00:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/CodeGen/GCMetadata.h"
|
2008-08-17 18:44:35 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/CodeGen/GCMetadataPrinter.h"
|
2017-02-14 00:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/CodeGen/GCStrategy.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineBasicBlock.h"
|
2005-11-21 08:25:09 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineConstantPool.h"
|
Remove MachineLoopInfo dependency from AsmPrinter.
Summary:
Currently MachineLoopInfo is used in only two places:
1) for computing IsBasicBlockInsideInnermostLoop field of MCCodePaddingContext, and it is never used.
2) in emitBasicBlockLoopComments, which is called only if `isVerbose()` is true.
Despite that, we currently have a dependency on MachineLoopInfo, which makes
pass manager to compute it and MachineDominator Tree. This patch removes the
use (1) and makes the use (2) lazy, thus avoiding some redundant
recomputations.
Reviewers: opaparo, gadi.haber, rafael, craig.topper, zvi
Subscribers: rengolin, javed.absar, hiraditya, llvm-commits
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D44812
llvm-svn: 329542
2018-04-09 00:54:47 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineDominators.h"
|
2009-11-13 21:34:57 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineFrameInfo.h"
|
2009-08-18 19:22:55 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineFunction.h"
|
2017-02-14 00:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineFunctionPass.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineInstr.h"
|
2014-01-12 19:24:08 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineInstrBundle.h"
|
2006-04-22 18:53:45 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineJumpTableInfo.h"
|
2009-08-10 16:38:07 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineLoopInfo.h"
|
2017-02-14 00:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineMemOperand.h"
|
2017-10-10 22:33:29 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineModuleInfo.h"
|
2015-04-07 13:42:44 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineModuleInfoImpls.h"
|
2017-02-14 00:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineOperand.h"
|
2017-02-24 00:19:22 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineOptimizationRemarkEmitter.h"
|
2018-11-26 18:43:48 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/CodeGen/StackMaps.h"
|
2017-11-08 01:01:31 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/CodeGen/TargetFrameLowering.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "llvm/CodeGen/TargetInstrInfo.h"
|
2017-11-17 01:07:10 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/CodeGen/TargetLowering.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "llvm/CodeGen/TargetOpcodes.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "llvm/CodeGen/TargetRegisterInfo.h"
|
2017-02-14 00:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h"
|
2017-10-10 22:33:29 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/IR/Comdat.h"
|
2017-02-14 00:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/IR/Constant.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
|
2013-01-02 11:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
|
2017-02-14 00:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/IR/DebugInfoMetadata.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "llvm/IR/GlobalAlias.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "llvm/IR/GlobalIFunc.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "llvm/IR/GlobalIndirectSymbol.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "llvm/IR/GlobalObject.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "llvm/IR/GlobalValue.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "llvm/IR/GlobalVariable.h"
|
2017-10-10 22:33:29 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
|
2014-01-07 21:19:40 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/IR/Mangler.h"
|
2017-02-14 00:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/IR/Metadata.h"
|
2013-01-02 11:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/IR/Module.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
|
2017-10-10 22:33:29 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
|
2017-02-14 00:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/IR/Value.h"
|
2010-04-04 18:34:07 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/MC/MCAsmInfo.h"
|
2009-07-27 21:28:04 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/MC/MCContext.h"
|
2017-02-14 00:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/MC/MCDirectives.h"
|
2017-10-10 22:33:29 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/MC/MCDwarf.h"
|
2010-01-23 06:17:14 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/MC/MCExpr.h"
|
2009-07-16 22:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/MC/MCInst.h"
|
2009-07-31 18:48:30 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/MC/MCSection.h"
|
2018-07-25 18:35:31 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/MC/MCSectionCOFF.h"
|
2017-01-03 04:30:21 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/MC/MCSectionELF.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "llvm/MC/MCSectionMachO.h"
|
2019-09-26 19:38:32 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/MC/MCSectionXCOFF.h"
|
2009-07-31 18:48:30 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/MC/MCStreamer.h"
|
2017-02-14 00:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/MC/MCSubtargetInfo.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "llvm/MC/MCSymbol.h"
|
2017-10-10 22:33:29 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/MC/MCSymbolELF.h"
|
2019-09-26 19:38:32 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/MC/MCSymbolXCOFF.h"
|
2017-02-14 00:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/MC/MCTargetOptions.h"
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/MC/MCValue.h"
|
2017-02-14 00:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/MC/SectionKind.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "llvm/Pass.h"
|
2019-03-27 01:13:59 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/Remarks/Remark.h"
|
2019-07-16 15:24:59 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/Remarks/RemarkFormat.h"
|
2019-10-28 14:53:31 -07:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/Remarks/RemarkStreamer.h"
|
2019-05-30 21:45:59 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/Remarks/RemarkStringTable.h"
|
2017-02-14 00:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
|
2017-10-10 22:33:29 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
|
2017-02-14 00:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
|
2012-12-03 16:50:05 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "llvm/Support/Format.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
|
2017-08-10 18:17:11 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/Support/Path.h"
|
2015-02-20 06:59:48 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/Support/TargetRegistry.h"
|
2012-12-03 16:50:05 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/Support/Timer.h"
|
2017-06-06 11:49:48 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
|
2018-03-23 23:58:19 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/Target/TargetLoweringObjectFile.h"
|
2017-02-14 00:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/Target/TargetMachine.h"
|
2017-10-10 22:33:29 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/Target/TargetOptions.h"
|
2017-02-14 00:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <algorithm>
|
|
|
|
#include <cassert>
|
|
|
|
#include <cinttypes>
|
|
|
|
#include <cstdint>
|
2017-10-10 22:33:29 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <iterator>
|
2017-02-14 00:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <limits>
|
|
|
|
#include <memory>
|
|
|
|
#include <string>
|
|
|
|
#include <utility>
|
|
|
|
#include <vector>
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-16 23:15:22 +00:00
|
|
|
using namespace llvm;
|
|
|
|
|
2014-04-22 02:02:50 +00:00
|
|
|
#define DEBUG_TYPE "asm-printer"
|
|
|
|
|
2016-11-18 19:43:18 +00:00
|
|
|
static const char *const DWARFGroupName = "dwarf";
|
|
|
|
static const char *const DWARFGroupDescription = "DWARF Emission";
|
|
|
|
static const char *const DbgTimerName = "emit";
|
|
|
|
static const char *const DbgTimerDescription = "Debug Info Emission";
|
|
|
|
static const char *const EHTimerName = "write_exception";
|
|
|
|
static const char *const EHTimerDescription = "DWARF Exception Writer";
|
2018-01-09 23:49:30 +00:00
|
|
|
static const char *const CFGuardName = "Control Flow Guard";
|
Add Windows Control Flow Guard checks (/guard:cf).
Summary:
A new function pass (Transforms/CFGuard/CFGuard.cpp) inserts CFGuard checks on
indirect function calls, using either the check mechanism (X86, ARM, AArch64) or
or the dispatch mechanism (X86-64). The check mechanism requires a new calling
convention for the supported targets. The dispatch mechanism adds the target as
an operand bundle, which is processed by SelectionDAG. Another pass
(CodeGen/CFGuardLongjmp.cpp) identifies and emits valid longjmp targets, as
required by /guard:cf. This feature is enabled using the `cfguard` CC1 option.
Reviewers: thakis, rnk, theraven, pcc
Subscribers: ychen, hans, metalcanine, dmajor, tomrittervg, alex, mehdi_amini, mgorny, javed.absar, kristof.beyls, hiraditya, steven_wu, dexonsmith, cfe-commits, llvm-commits
Tags: #clang, #llvm
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D65761
2019-10-28 13:22:19 +00:00
|
|
|
static const char *const CFGuardDescription = "Control Flow Guard";
|
2016-11-18 19:43:18 +00:00
|
|
|
static const char *const CodeViewLineTablesGroupName = "linetables";
|
|
|
|
static const char *const CodeViewLineTablesGroupDescription =
|
|
|
|
"CodeView Line Tables";
|
2010-04-07 10:44:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-28 01:02:27 +00:00
|
|
|
STATISTIC(EmittedInsts, "Number of machine instrs printed");
|
|
|
|
|
2007-05-03 01:11:54 +00:00
|
|
|
char AsmPrinter::ID = 0;
|
2010-03-13 20:55:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-10-10 22:33:29 +00:00
|
|
|
using gcp_map_type = DenseMap<GCStrategy *, std::unique_ptr<GCMetadataPrinter>>;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-04 17:57:56 +00:00
|
|
|
static gcp_map_type &getGCMap(void *&P) {
|
2014-04-24 06:44:33 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!P)
|
2010-04-04 17:57:56 +00:00
|
|
|
P = new gcp_map_type();
|
|
|
|
return *(gcp_map_type*)P;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2019-09-11 13:37:35 +00:00
|
|
|
/// getGVAlignment - Return the alignment to use for the specified global
|
|
|
|
/// value. This rounds up to the preferred alignment if possible and legal.
|
2020-05-18 20:38:13 -07:00
|
|
|
Align AsmPrinter::getGVAlignment(const GlobalObject *GV, const DataLayout &DL,
|
2019-09-27 12:54:21 +00:00
|
|
|
Align InAlign) {
|
|
|
|
Align Alignment;
|
2010-04-28 19:58:07 +00:00
|
|
|
if (const GlobalVariable *GVar = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(GV))
|
2020-06-29 11:24:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Alignment = DL.getPreferredAlign(GVar);
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2019-09-11 13:37:35 +00:00
|
|
|
// If InAlign is specified, round it to it.
|
2019-09-27 12:54:21 +00:00
|
|
|
if (InAlign > Alignment)
|
|
|
|
Alignment = InAlign;
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-28 19:58:07 +00:00
|
|
|
// If the GV has a specified alignment, take it into account.
|
2019-09-27 12:54:21 +00:00
|
|
|
const MaybeAlign GVAlign(GV->getAlignment());
|
2019-09-11 13:37:35 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!GVAlign)
|
2019-09-27 12:54:21 +00:00
|
|
|
return Alignment;
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2019-09-11 13:37:35 +00:00
|
|
|
assert(GVAlign && "GVAlign must be set");
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-28 19:58:07 +00:00
|
|
|
// If the GVAlign is larger than NumBits, or if we are required to obey
|
|
|
|
// NumBits because the GV has an assigned section, obey it.
|
2019-09-27 12:54:21 +00:00
|
|
|
if (*GVAlign > Alignment || GV->hasSection())
|
|
|
|
Alignment = *GVAlign;
|
|
|
|
return Alignment;
|
2010-04-28 19:58:07 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2015-01-18 20:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
AsmPrinter::AsmPrinter(TargetMachine &tm, std::unique_ptr<MCStreamer> Streamer)
|
2014-08-04 21:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
: MachineFunctionPass(ID), TM(tm), MAI(tm.getMCAsmInfo()),
|
2017-02-14 00:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
OutContext(Streamer->getContext()), OutStreamer(std::move(Streamer)) {
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
VerboseAsm = OutStreamer->isVerboseAsm();
|
2009-03-25 01:47:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2005-12-13 06:32:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-08-17 12:08:44 +00:00
|
|
|
AsmPrinter::~AsmPrinter() {
|
2020-10-16 17:22:07 -04:00
|
|
|
assert(!DD && Handlers.empty() && "Debug/EH info didn't get finalized");
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-04-24 06:44:33 +00:00
|
|
|
if (GCMetadataPrinters) {
|
2010-04-04 17:57:56 +00:00
|
|
|
gcp_map_type &GCMap = getGCMap(GCMetadataPrinters);
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-04 17:57:56 +00:00
|
|
|
delete &GCMap;
|
2014-04-24 06:44:33 +00:00
|
|
|
GCMetadataPrinters = nullptr;
|
2010-04-04 17:57:56 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-08-17 12:08:44 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2005-12-13 06:32:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-27 14:19:45 +00:00
|
|
|
bool AsmPrinter::isPositionIndependent() const {
|
2016-06-28 20:13:36 +00:00
|
|
|
return TM.isPositionIndependent();
|
2016-06-27 14:19:45 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-26 04:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
/// getFunctionNumber - Return a unique ID for the current function.
|
|
|
|
unsigned AsmPrinter::getFunctionNumber() const {
|
|
|
|
return MF->getFunctionNumber();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-17 16:44:48 +00:00
|
|
|
const TargetLoweringObjectFile &AsmPrinter::getObjFileLowering() const {
|
2015-02-03 07:22:52 +00:00
|
|
|
return *TM.getObjFileLowering();
|
2009-07-28 03:13:23 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-10-08 16:38:25 +00:00
|
|
|
const DataLayout &AsmPrinter::getDataLayout() const {
|
2015-07-16 06:04:17 +00:00
|
|
|
return MMI->getModule()->getDataLayout();
|
2010-04-05 00:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-24 16:04:22 +00:00
|
|
|
// Do not use the cached DataLayout because some client use it without a Module
|
2018-03-18 11:38:41 +00:00
|
|
|
// (dsymutil, llvm-dwarfdump).
|
2018-03-14 00:36:23 +00:00
|
|
|
unsigned AsmPrinter::getPointerSize() const {
|
|
|
|
return TM.getPointerSize(0); // FIXME: Default address space
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-07-16 05:59:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-01-28 23:12:42 +00:00
|
|
|
const MCSubtargetInfo &AsmPrinter::getSubtargetInfo() const {
|
2015-02-20 07:16:19 +00:00
|
|
|
assert(MF && "getSubtargetInfo requires a valid MachineFunction!");
|
|
|
|
return MF->getSubtarget<MCSubtargetInfo>();
|
2014-01-28 23:12:42 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::EmitToStreamer(MCStreamer &S, const MCInst &Inst) {
|
2020-02-13 21:58:16 -08:00
|
|
|
S.emitInstruction(Inst, getSubtargetInfo());
|
2014-01-28 23:12:42 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-22 17:24:16 +00:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitInitialRawDwarfLocDirective(const MachineFunction &MF) {
|
|
|
|
assert(DD && "Dwarf debug file is not defined.");
|
|
|
|
assert(OutStreamer->hasRawTextSupport() && "Expected assembly output mode.");
|
|
|
|
(void)DD->emitInitialLocDirective(MF, /*CUID=*/0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-08-18 06:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
/// getCurrentSection() - Return the current section we are emitting to.
|
|
|
|
const MCSection *AsmPrinter::getCurrentSection() const {
|
2016-10-14 05:47:37 +00:00
|
|
|
return OutStreamer->getCurrentSectionOnly();
|
2008-09-24 22:12:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2006-05-09 04:59:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-01-07 01:30:38 +00:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
|
2009-07-31 23:37:33 +00:00
|
|
|
AU.setPreservesAll();
|
2008-01-07 01:30:38 +00:00
|
|
|
MachineFunctionPass::getAnalysisUsage(AU);
|
2017-02-24 00:19:22 +00:00
|
|
|
AU.addRequired<MachineOptimizationRemarkEmitterPass>();
|
2008-08-17 18:44:35 +00:00
|
|
|
AU.addRequired<GCModuleInfo>();
|
2008-01-07 01:30:38 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-16 23:15:22 +00:00
|
|
|
bool AsmPrinter::doInitialization(Module &M) {
|
2019-09-30 17:54:50 +00:00
|
|
|
auto *MMIWP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<MachineModuleInfoWrapperPass>();
|
|
|
|
MMI = MMIWP ? &MMIWP->getMMI() : nullptr;
|
2010-03-13 20:55:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-07-31 17:42:42 +00:00
|
|
|
// Initialize TargetLoweringObjectFile.
|
|
|
|
const_cast<TargetLoweringObjectFile&>(getObjFileLowering())
|
|
|
|
.Initialize(OutContext, TM);
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2019-04-11 04:59:13 +00:00
|
|
|
const_cast<TargetLoweringObjectFile &>(getObjFileLowering())
|
|
|
|
.getModuleMetadata(M);
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->InitSections(false);
|
2013-07-04 21:37:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-03-06 14:35:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// Emit the version-min deployment target directive if needed.
|
2014-03-18 22:09:08 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: If we end up with a collection of these sorts of Darwin-specific
|
|
|
|
// or ELF-specific things, it may make sense to have a platform helper class
|
|
|
|
// that will work with the target helper class. For now keep it here, as the
|
|
|
|
// alternative is duplicated code in each of the target asm printers that
|
|
|
|
// use the directive, where it would need the same conditionalization
|
|
|
|
// anyway.
|
2017-12-14 03:59:24 +00:00
|
|
|
const Triple &Target = TM.getTargetTriple();
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitVersionForTarget(Target, M.getSDKVersion());
|
2014-03-18 22:09:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-09-30 22:06:26 +00:00
|
|
|
// Allow the target to emit any magic that it wants at the start of the file.
|
2020-02-13 13:10:49 -08:00
|
|
|
emitStartOfAsmFile(M);
|
2008-12-03 11:01:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-25 18:58:59 +00:00
|
|
|
// Very minimal debug info. It is ignored if we emit actual debug info. If we
|
|
|
|
// don't, this at least helps the user find where a global came from.
|
2009-08-22 21:43:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MAI->hasSingleParameterDotFile()) {
|
2010-01-25 18:58:59 +00:00
|
|
|
// .file "foo.c"
|
2020-02-15 08:52:56 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitFileDirective(
|
2017-08-10 18:17:11 +00:00
|
|
|
llvm::sys::path::filename(M.getSourceFileName()));
|
2008-12-03 11:01:37 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-09-30 22:06:26 +00:00
|
|
|
GCModuleInfo *MI = getAnalysisIfAvailable<GCModuleInfo>();
|
|
|
|
assert(MI && "AsmPrinter didn't require GCModuleInfo?");
|
2014-04-16 22:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
for (auto &I : *MI)
|
|
|
|
if (GCMetadataPrinter *MP = GetOrCreateGCPrinter(*I))
|
2014-12-11 01:47:23 +00:00
|
|
|
MP->beginAssembly(M, *MI, *this);
|
2010-04-03 21:35:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Emit module-level inline asm if it exists.
|
2010-04-03 21:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!M.getModuleInlineAsm().empty()) {
|
2015-03-16 18:02:16 +00:00
|
|
|
// We're at the module level. Construct MCSubtarget from the default CPU
|
|
|
|
// and target triple.
|
|
|
|
std::unique_ptr<MCSubtargetInfo> STI(TM.getTarget().createMCSubtargetInfo(
|
2015-06-16 13:15:50 +00:00
|
|
|
TM.getTargetTriple().str(), TM.getTargetCPU(),
|
|
|
|
TM.getTargetFeatureString()));
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->AddComment("Start of file scope inline assembly");
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->AddBlankLine();
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
emitInlineAsm(M.getModuleInlineAsm() + "\n",
|
2015-11-14 06:35:56 +00:00
|
|
|
OutContext.getSubtargetCopy(*STI), TM.Options.MCOptions);
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->AddComment("End of file scope inline assembly");
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->AddBlankLine();
|
2010-04-03 21:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2006-01-23 23:47:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-12-03 15:10:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MAI->doesSupportDebugInformation()) {
|
2020-06-30 19:10:01 -07:00
|
|
|
bool EmitCodeView = M.getCodeViewFlag();
|
2018-05-08 20:56:04 +00:00
|
|
|
if (EmitCodeView && TM.getTargetTriple().isOSWindows()) {
|
2019-08-15 15:54:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Handlers.emplace_back(std::make_unique<CodeViewDebug>(this),
|
2019-04-30 09:14:02 +00:00
|
|
|
DbgTimerName, DbgTimerDescription,
|
|
|
|
CodeViewLineTablesGroupName,
|
|
|
|
CodeViewLineTablesGroupDescription);
|
2014-12-26 17:00:51 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2020-06-30 19:10:01 -07:00
|
|
|
if (!EmitCodeView || M.getDwarfVersion()) {
|
2020-10-16 17:22:07 -04:00
|
|
|
DD = new DwarfDebug(this, &M);
|
|
|
|
DD->beginModule();
|
2019-04-30 09:14:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Handlers.emplace_back(std::unique_ptr<DwarfDebug>(DD), DbgTimerName,
|
|
|
|
DbgTimerDescription, DWARFGroupName,
|
|
|
|
DWARFGroupDescription);
|
2014-12-26 17:00:51 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-12-03 15:10:23 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-14 21:57:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-01-05 20:55:28 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (MAI->getExceptionHandlingType()) {
|
|
|
|
case ExceptionHandling::SjLj:
|
|
|
|
case ExceptionHandling::DwarfCFI:
|
|
|
|
case ExceptionHandling::ARM:
|
|
|
|
isCFIMoveForDebugging = true;
|
|
|
|
if (MAI->getExceptionHandlingType() != ExceptionHandling::DwarfCFI)
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
for (auto &F: M.getFunctionList()) {
|
|
|
|
// If the module contains any function with unwind data,
|
|
|
|
// .eh_frame has to be emitted.
|
|
|
|
// Ignore functions that won't get emitted.
|
|
|
|
if (!F.isDeclarationForLinker() && F.needsUnwindTableEntry()) {
|
|
|
|
isCFIMoveForDebugging = false;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
isCFIMoveForDebugging = false;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2014-06-11 01:19:03 +00:00
|
|
|
EHStreamer *ES = nullptr;
|
2011-05-05 19:48:34 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (MAI->getExceptionHandlingType()) {
|
|
|
|
case ExceptionHandling::None:
|
2013-12-03 15:10:23 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2011-05-05 19:48:34 +00:00
|
|
|
case ExceptionHandling::SjLj:
|
|
|
|
case ExceptionHandling::DwarfCFI:
|
2014-06-11 01:19:03 +00:00
|
|
|
ES = new DwarfCFIException(this);
|
2013-12-03 15:10:23 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2011-05-05 19:48:34 +00:00
|
|
|
case ExceptionHandling::ARM:
|
2014-06-11 01:19:03 +00:00
|
|
|
ES = new ARMException(this);
|
2013-12-03 15:10:23 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2015-01-23 18:49:01 +00:00
|
|
|
case ExceptionHandling::WinEH:
|
2014-09-01 23:48:39 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (MAI->getWinEHEncodingType()) {
|
|
|
|
default: llvm_unreachable("unsupported unwinding information encoding");
|
2015-05-05 17:44:16 +00:00
|
|
|
case WinEH::EncodingType::Invalid:
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2015-05-29 17:00:57 +00:00
|
|
|
case WinEH::EncodingType::X86:
|
2014-09-01 23:48:39 +00:00
|
|
|
case WinEH::EncodingType::Itanium:
|
2015-05-28 22:47:01 +00:00
|
|
|
ES = new WinException(this);
|
2014-09-01 23:48:39 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2013-12-03 15:10:23 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2018-02-24 00:40:50 +00:00
|
|
|
case ExceptionHandling::Wasm:
|
Reland "[WebAssembly] LSDA info generation"
Summary:
This adds support for LSDA (exception table) generation for wasm EH.
Wasm EH mostly follows the structure of Itanium-style exception tables,
with one exception: a call site table entry in wasm EH corresponds to
not a call site but a landing pad.
In wasm EH, the VM is responsible for stack unwinding. After an
exception occurs and the stack is unwound, the control flow is
transferred to wasm 'catch' instruction by the VM, after which the
personality function is called from the compiler-generated code. (Refer
to WasmEHPrepare pass for more information on this part.)
This patch:
- Changes wasm.landingpad.index intrinsic to take a token argument, to
make this 1:1 match with a catchpad instruction
- Stores landingpad index info and catch type info MachineFunction in
before instruction selection
- Lowers wasm.lsda intrinsic to an MCSymbol pointing to the start of an
exception table
- Adds WasmException class with overridden methods for table generation
- Adds support for LSDA section in Wasm object writer
Reviewers: dschuff, sbc100, rnk
Subscribers: mgorny, jgravelle-google, sunfish, llvm-commits
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D52748
llvm-svn: 345345
2018-10-25 23:55:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ES = new WasmException(this);
|
2018-02-24 00:40:50 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2011-05-05 19:48:34 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2014-06-11 01:19:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ES)
|
2019-04-30 09:14:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Handlers.emplace_back(std::unique_ptr<EHStreamer>(ES), EHTimerName,
|
|
|
|
EHTimerDescription, DWARFGroupName,
|
|
|
|
DWARFGroupDescription);
|
2018-01-09 23:49:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Add Windows Control Flow Guard checks (/guard:cf).
Summary:
A new function pass (Transforms/CFGuard/CFGuard.cpp) inserts CFGuard checks on
indirect function calls, using either the check mechanism (X86, ARM, AArch64) or
or the dispatch mechanism (X86-64). The check mechanism requires a new calling
convention for the supported targets. The dispatch mechanism adds the target as
an operand bundle, which is processed by SelectionDAG. Another pass
(CodeGen/CFGuardLongjmp.cpp) identifies and emits valid longjmp targets, as
required by /guard:cf. This feature is enabled using the `cfguard` CC1 option.
Reviewers: thakis, rnk, theraven, pcc
Subscribers: ychen, hans, metalcanine, dmajor, tomrittervg, alex, mehdi_amini, mgorny, javed.absar, kristof.beyls, hiraditya, steven_wu, dexonsmith, cfe-commits, llvm-commits
Tags: #clang, #llvm
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D65761
2019-10-28 13:22:19 +00:00
|
|
|
// Emit tables for any value of cfguard flag (i.e. cfguard=1 or cfguard=2).
|
2020-06-30 19:10:01 -07:00
|
|
|
if (mdconst::extract_or_null<ConstantInt>(M.getModuleFlag("cfguard")))
|
2019-08-15 15:54:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Handlers.emplace_back(std::make_unique<WinCFGuard>(this), CFGuardName,
|
2019-04-30 09:14:02 +00:00
|
|
|
CFGuardDescription, DWARFGroupName,
|
|
|
|
DWARFGroupDescription);
|
2013-12-03 15:10:23 +00:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2004-08-16 23:15:22 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2014-02-07 16:07:11 +00:00
|
|
|
static bool canBeHidden(const GlobalValue *GV, const MCAsmInfo &MAI) {
|
|
|
|
if (!MAI.hasWeakDefCanBeHiddenDirective())
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
|
2018-03-21 19:23:45 +00:00
|
|
|
return GV->canBeOmittedFromSymbolTable();
|
2014-02-07 16:07:11 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-13 13:26:21 -08:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitLinkage(const GlobalValue *GV, MCSymbol *GVSym) const {
|
2013-10-30 22:08:11 +00:00
|
|
|
GlobalValue::LinkageTypes Linkage = GV->getLinkage();
|
2013-10-23 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (Linkage) {
|
2010-01-26 23:47:12 +00:00
|
|
|
case GlobalValue::CommonLinkage:
|
|
|
|
case GlobalValue::LinkOnceAnyLinkage:
|
|
|
|
case GlobalValue::LinkOnceODRLinkage:
|
|
|
|
case GlobalValue::WeakAnyLinkage:
|
|
|
|
case GlobalValue::WeakODRLinkage:
|
2013-12-02 23:04:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MAI->hasWeakDefDirective()) {
|
2010-01-26 23:47:12 +00:00
|
|
|
// .globl _foo
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolAttribute(GVSym, MCSA_Global);
|
2010-08-20 22:05:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-02-07 16:07:11 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!canBeHidden(GV, *MAI))
|
2010-08-20 22:05:50 +00:00
|
|
|
// .weak_definition _foo
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolAttribute(GVSym, MCSA_WeakDefinition);
|
2010-08-20 22:05:50 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolAttribute(GVSym, MCSA_WeakDefAutoPrivate);
|
2020-03-28 17:37:59 +02:00
|
|
|
} else if (MAI->avoidWeakIfComdat() && GV->hasComdat()) {
|
2010-01-26 23:47:12 +00:00
|
|
|
// .globl _foo
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolAttribute(GVSym, MCSA_Global);
|
2010-05-12 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
//NOTE: linkonce is handled by the section the symbol was assigned to.
|
2010-01-26 23:47:12 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// .weak _foo
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolAttribute(GVSym, MCSA_Weak);
|
2010-01-26 23:47:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-10-23 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2010-01-26 23:47:12 +00:00
|
|
|
case GlobalValue::ExternalLinkage:
|
2020-06-11 13:33:51 -04:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolAttribute(GVSym, MCSA_Global);
|
2013-10-23 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2010-01-26 23:47:12 +00:00
|
|
|
case GlobalValue::PrivateLinkage:
|
|
|
|
case GlobalValue::InternalLinkage:
|
2013-10-23 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2020-04-30 09:53:41 -04:00
|
|
|
case GlobalValue::ExternalWeakLinkage:
|
2013-10-23 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
case GlobalValue::AvailableExternallyLinkage:
|
2020-05-29 11:41:10 -04:00
|
|
|
case GlobalValue::AppendingLinkage:
|
2016-05-11 14:41:30 +00:00
|
|
|
llvm_unreachable("Should never emit this");
|
2010-01-26 23:47:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-10-23 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
llvm_unreachable("Unknown linkage type!");
|
2010-01-26 23:47:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2014-02-19 17:23:20 +00:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::getNameWithPrefix(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Name,
|
|
|
|
const GlobalValue *GV) const {
|
2016-09-16 07:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
TM.getNameWithPrefix(Name, GV, getObjFileLowering().getMangler());
|
2014-02-19 17:23:20 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2013-10-29 17:07:16 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSymbol *AsmPrinter::getSymbol(const GlobalValue *GV) const {
|
2016-11-22 16:17:20 +00:00
|
|
|
return TM.getSymbol(GV);
|
2013-10-29 17:07:16 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-01-26 23:47:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
[AsmPrinter][ELF] Define local aliases (.Lfoo$local) for GlobalObjects
For `MC_GlobalAddress` operands referencing **certain** GlobalObjects,
we can lower them to STB_LOCAL aliases to avoid costs brought by
assembler/linker's conservative decisions about symbol interposition:
* An assembler conservatively assumes a global default visibility symbol interposable (ELF
semantics). So relocations in object files are needed even if the code generator assumed
the definition exact and non-interposable.
* The relocations can cause the creation of PLT entries on some targets for -shared links.
A linker conservatively assumes a global default visibility symbol interposable (if not
otherwise constrained by -Bsymbolic/--dynamic-list/VER_NDX_LOCAL/etc).
"certain" refers to GlobalObjects in the intersection of
`hasExactDefinition() and !isInterposable()`: `external`, `appending`, `internal`, `private`.
Local linkages (`internal` and `private`) cannot be interposed. `appending` is for very
few objects LLVM interpret specially. So the set just includes `external`.
This patch emits STB_LOCAL aliases (.Lfoo$local) for such GlobalObjects, so that targets can lower
MC_GlobalAddress operands to STB_LOCAL aliases if applicable.
We may extend the scope and include GlobalAlias in the future.
LLVM's existing -fno-semantic-interposition behaviors give us license to do such optimizations:
* Various optimizations (ipconstprop, inliner, sccp, sroa, etc) treat normal ExternalLinkage
GlobalObjects as non-interposable.
* Before D72197, MC resolved a PC-relative VK_None fixup to a non-local symbol at assembly time (no
outstanding relocation), if the target is defined in the same section. Put it simply, even if IR
optimizations failed to optimize and allowed interposition for the function call in
`void foo() {} void bar() { foo(); }`, the assembler would disallow it.
This patch sets up AsmPrinter infrastructure to make -fno-semantic-interposition more so.
With and without the patch, the object file output should be identical:
`.Lfoo$local` does not take a symbol table entry.
Reviewed By: sfertile
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D73228
2020-01-22 12:26:04 -08:00
|
|
|
MCSymbol *AsmPrinter::getSymbolPreferLocal(const GlobalValue &GV) const {
|
|
|
|
// On ELF, use .Lfoo$local if GV is a non-interposable GlobalObject with an
|
|
|
|
// exact definion (intersection of GlobalValue::hasExactDefinition() and
|
|
|
|
// !isInterposable()). These linkages include: external, appending, internal,
|
|
|
|
// private. It may be profitable to use a local alias for external. The
|
|
|
|
// assembler would otherwise be conservative and assume a global default
|
|
|
|
// visibility symbol can be interposable, even if the code generator already
|
|
|
|
// assumed it.
|
2020-05-25 23:00:50 -07:00
|
|
|
if (TM.getTargetTriple().isOSBinFormatELF() && GV.canBenefitFromLocalAlias()) {
|
|
|
|
const Module &M = *GV.getParent();
|
|
|
|
if (TM.getRelocationModel() != Reloc::Static &&
|
|
|
|
M.getPIELevel() == PIELevel::Default)
|
|
|
|
if (GV.isDSOLocal() || (TM.getTargetTriple().isX86() &&
|
|
|
|
GV.getParent()->noSemanticInterposition()))
|
|
|
|
return getSymbolWithGlobalValueBase(&GV, "$local");
|
|
|
|
}
|
[AsmPrinter][ELF] Define local aliases (.Lfoo$local) for GlobalObjects
For `MC_GlobalAddress` operands referencing **certain** GlobalObjects,
we can lower them to STB_LOCAL aliases to avoid costs brought by
assembler/linker's conservative decisions about symbol interposition:
* An assembler conservatively assumes a global default visibility symbol interposable (ELF
semantics). So relocations in object files are needed even if the code generator assumed
the definition exact and non-interposable.
* The relocations can cause the creation of PLT entries on some targets for -shared links.
A linker conservatively assumes a global default visibility symbol interposable (if not
otherwise constrained by -Bsymbolic/--dynamic-list/VER_NDX_LOCAL/etc).
"certain" refers to GlobalObjects in the intersection of
`hasExactDefinition() and !isInterposable()`: `external`, `appending`, `internal`, `private`.
Local linkages (`internal` and `private`) cannot be interposed. `appending` is for very
few objects LLVM interpret specially. So the set just includes `external`.
This patch emits STB_LOCAL aliases (.Lfoo$local) for such GlobalObjects, so that targets can lower
MC_GlobalAddress operands to STB_LOCAL aliases if applicable.
We may extend the scope and include GlobalAlias in the future.
LLVM's existing -fno-semantic-interposition behaviors give us license to do such optimizations:
* Various optimizations (ipconstprop, inliner, sccp, sroa, etc) treat normal ExternalLinkage
GlobalObjects as non-interposable.
* Before D72197, MC resolved a PC-relative VK_None fixup to a non-local symbol at assembly time (no
outstanding relocation), if the target is defined in the same section. Put it simply, even if IR
optimizations failed to optimize and allowed interposition for the function call in
`void foo() {} void bar() { foo(); }`, the assembler would disallow it.
This patch sets up AsmPrinter infrastructure to make -fno-semantic-interposition more so.
With and without the patch, the object file output should be identical:
`.Lfoo$local` does not take a symbol table entry.
Reviewed By: sfertile
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D73228
2020-01-22 12:26:04 -08:00
|
|
|
return TM.getSymbol(&GV);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-19 04:39:15 +00:00
|
|
|
/// EmitGlobalVariable - Emit the specified global variable to the .s file.
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitGlobalVariable(const GlobalVariable *GV) {
|
2018-02-28 17:48:55 +00:00
|
|
|
bool IsEmuTLSVar = TM.useEmulatedTLS() && GV->isThreadLocal();
|
2015-07-28 16:24:05 +00:00
|
|
|
assert(!(IsEmuTLSVar && GV->hasCommonLinkage()) &&
|
|
|
|
"No emulated TLS variables in the common section");
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-13 23:56:37 +00:00
|
|
|
// Never emit TLS variable xyz in emulated TLS model.
|
|
|
|
// The initialization value is in __emutls_t.xyz instead of xyz.
|
|
|
|
if (IsEmuTLSVar)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-05 15:51:32 +00:00
|
|
|
if (GV->hasInitializer()) {
|
|
|
|
// Check to see if this is a special global used by LLVM, if so, emit it.
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
if (emitSpecialLLVMGlobal(GV))
|
2011-04-05 15:51:32 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
// Skip the emission of global equivalents. The symbol can be emitted later
|
|
|
|
// on by emitGlobalGOTEquivs in case it turns out to be needed.
|
|
|
|
if (GlobalGOTEquivs.count(getSymbol(GV)))
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-13 23:56:37 +00:00
|
|
|
if (isVerbose()) {
|
2015-07-28 16:24:05 +00:00
|
|
|
// When printing the control variable __emutls_v.*,
|
|
|
|
// we don't need to print the original TLS variable name.
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
GV->printAsOperand(OutStreamer->GetCommentOS(),
|
2011-04-05 15:51:32 +00:00
|
|
|
/*PrintType=*/false, GV->getParent());
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->GetCommentOS() << '\n';
|
2011-04-05 15:51:32 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-05-25 21:49:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-10-29 17:07:16 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSymbol *GVSym = getSymbol(GV);
|
2016-01-13 23:56:37 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSymbol *EmittedSym = GVSym;
|
2015-07-28 16:24:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-07-01 06:07:31 +00:00
|
|
|
// getOrCreateEmuTLSControlSym only creates the symbol with name and default
|
|
|
|
// attributes.
|
|
|
|
// GV's or GVSym's attributes will be used for the EmittedSym.
|
2020-02-13 13:26:21 -08:00
|
|
|
emitVisibility(EmittedSym, GV->getVisibility(), !GV->isDeclaration());
|
2010-01-19 05:38:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-05 15:51:32 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!GV->hasInitializer()) // External globals require no extra code.
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2014-12-24 22:44:29 +00:00
|
|
|
GVSym->redefineIfPossible();
|
2014-12-24 23:06:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if (GVSym->isDefined() || GVSym->isVariable())
|
|
|
|
report_fatal_error("symbol '" + Twine(GVSym->getName()) +
|
|
|
|
"' is already defined");
|
2014-12-24 22:44:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-25 18:33:40 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MAI->hasDotTypeDotSizeDirective())
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolAttribute(EmittedSym, MCSA_ELF_TypeObject);
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-19 05:38:33 +00:00
|
|
|
SectionKind GVKind = TargetLoweringObjectFile::getKindForGlobal(GV, TM);
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 06:04:17 +00:00
|
|
|
const DataLayout &DL = GV->getParent()->getDataLayout();
|
2019-07-11 13:13:02 +00:00
|
|
|
uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeAllocSize(GV->getValueType());
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-26 18:46:46 +00:00
|
|
|
// If the alignment is specified, we *must* obey it. Overaligning a global
|
|
|
|
// with a specified alignment is a prompt way to break globals emitted to
|
|
|
|
// sections and expected to be contiguous (e.g. ObjC metadata).
|
2019-09-27 12:54:21 +00:00
|
|
|
const Align Alignment = getGVAlignment(GV, DL);
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-04-16 22:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
for (const HandlerInfo &HI : Handlers) {
|
2016-11-18 19:43:18 +00:00
|
|
|
NamedRegionTimer T(HI.TimerName, HI.TimerDescription,
|
|
|
|
HI.TimerGroupName, HI.TimerGroupDescription,
|
|
|
|
TimePassesIsEnabled);
|
2014-04-16 22:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
HI.Handler->setSymbolSize(GVSym, Size);
|
2013-12-03 15:10:23 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-09-23 17:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-14 15:09:30 +00:00
|
|
|
// Handle common symbols
|
|
|
|
if (GVKind.isCommon()) {
|
2010-01-19 05:38:33 +00:00
|
|
|
if (Size == 0) Size = 1; // .comm Foo, 0 is undefined, avoid it.
|
2016-06-14 15:09:30 +00:00
|
|
|
// .comm _foo, 42, 4
|
2019-09-11 13:37:35 +00:00
|
|
|
const bool SupportsAlignment =
|
|
|
|
getObjFileLowering().getCommDirectiveSupportsAlignment();
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitCommonSymbol(GVSym, Size,
|
2019-09-27 12:54:21 +00:00
|
|
|
SupportsAlignment ? Alignment.value() : 0);
|
2016-06-14 15:09:30 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-14 15:09:30 +00:00
|
|
|
// Determine to which section this global should be emitted.
|
2016-09-16 07:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSection *TheSection = getObjFileLowering().SectionForGlobal(GV, GVKind, TM);
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-14 15:09:30 +00:00
|
|
|
// If we have a bss global going to a section that supports the
|
|
|
|
// zerofill directive, do so here.
|
|
|
|
if (GVKind.isBSS() && MAI->hasMachoZeroFillDirective() &&
|
|
|
|
TheSection->isVirtualSection()) {
|
|
|
|
if (Size == 0)
|
|
|
|
Size = 1; // zerofill of 0 bytes is undefined.
|
2020-02-13 13:26:21 -08:00
|
|
|
emitLinkage(GV, GVSym);
|
2016-06-14 15:09:30 +00:00
|
|
|
// .zerofill __DATA, __bss, _foo, 400, 5
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitZerofill(TheSection, GVSym, Size, Alignment.value());
|
2016-06-14 15:09:30 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If this is a BSS local symbol and we are emitting in the BSS
|
|
|
|
// section use .lcomm/.comm directive.
|
|
|
|
if (GVKind.isBSSLocal() &&
|
|
|
|
getObjFileLowering().getBSSSection() == TheSection) {
|
|
|
|
if (Size == 0)
|
|
|
|
Size = 1; // .comm Foo, 0 is undefined, avoid it.
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-11-27 16:11:16 +00:00
|
|
|
// Use .lcomm only if it supports user-specified alignment.
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, while it would still be correct to use .lcomm in some
|
|
|
|
// cases (e.g. when Align == 1), the external assembler might enfore
|
|
|
|
// some -unknown- default alignment behavior, which could cause
|
|
|
|
// spurious differences between external and integrated assembler.
|
|
|
|
// Prefer to simply fall back to .local / .comm in this case.
|
|
|
|
if (MAI->getLCOMMDirectiveAlignmentType() != LCOMM::NoAlignment) {
|
2010-01-19 06:25:51 +00:00
|
|
|
// .lcomm _foo, 42
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitLocalCommonSymbol(GVSym, Size, Alignment.value());
|
2010-01-19 06:25:51 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2010-01-19 05:38:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-09-27 06:44:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-19 06:25:51 +00:00
|
|
|
// .local _foo
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolAttribute(GVSym, MCSA_Local);
|
2010-01-19 06:25:51 +00:00
|
|
|
// .comm _foo, 42, 4
|
2019-09-11 13:37:35 +00:00
|
|
|
const bool SupportsAlignment =
|
|
|
|
getObjFileLowering().getCommDirectiveSupportsAlignment();
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitCommonSymbol(GVSym, Size,
|
2019-09-27 12:54:21 +00:00
|
|
|
SupportsAlignment ? Alignment.value() : 0);
|
2010-01-19 05:38:33 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-05-25 21:28:50 +00:00
|
|
|
// Handle thread local data for mach-o which requires us to output an
|
|
|
|
// additional structure of data and mangle the original symbol so that we
|
|
|
|
// can reference it later.
|
2010-09-05 20:33:40 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// TODO: This should become an "emit thread local global" method on TLOF.
|
|
|
|
// All of this macho specific stuff should be sunk down into TLOFMachO and
|
|
|
|
// stuff like "TLSExtraDataSection" should no longer be part of the parent
|
|
|
|
// TLOF class. This will also make it more obvious that stuff like
|
|
|
|
// MCStreamer::EmitTBSSSymbol is macho specific and only called from macho
|
|
|
|
// specific code.
|
2016-01-13 23:56:37 +00:00
|
|
|
if (GVKind.isThreadLocal() && MAI->hasMachoTBSSDirective()) {
|
2010-05-22 00:10:22 +00:00
|
|
|
// Emit the .tbss symbol
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSymbol *MangSym =
|
2016-09-16 07:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
OutContext.getOrCreateSymbol(GVSym->getName() + Twine("$tlv$init"));
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-08-07 21:13:06 +00:00
|
|
|
if (GVKind.isThreadBSS()) {
|
|
|
|
TheSection = getObjFileLowering().getTLSBSSSection();
|
2020-02-15 08:52:56 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitTBSSSymbol(TheSection, MangSym, Size, Alignment.value());
|
2013-08-07 21:13:06 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if (GVKind.isThreadData()) {
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->SwitchSection(TheSection);
|
2010-05-25 21:28:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
emitAlignment(Alignment, GV);
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitLabel(MangSym);
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
emitGlobalConstant(GV->getParent()->getDataLayout(),
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
GV->getInitializer());
|
2010-05-25 21:28:50 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->AddBlankLine();
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-05-22 00:10:22 +00:00
|
|
|
// Emit the variable struct for the runtime.
|
2015-05-21 19:20:38 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSection *TLVSect = getObjFileLowering().getTLSExtraDataSection();
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->SwitchSection(TLVSect);
|
2010-05-22 00:10:22 +00:00
|
|
|
// Emit the linkage here.
|
2020-02-13 13:26:21 -08:00
|
|
|
emitLinkage(GV, GVSym);
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitLabel(GVSym);
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-05-22 00:10:22 +00:00
|
|
|
// Three pointers in size:
|
|
|
|
// - __tlv_bootstrap - used to make sure support exists
|
|
|
|
// - spare pointer, used when mapped by the runtime
|
|
|
|
// - pointer to mangled symbol above with initializer
|
2015-07-16 06:04:17 +00:00
|
|
|
unsigned PtrSize = DL.getPointerTypeSize(GV->getType());
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolValue(GetExternalSymbolSymbol("_tlv_bootstrap"),
|
2013-06-24 23:20:02 +00:00
|
|
|
PtrSize);
|
2020-02-14 22:40:47 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitIntValue(0, PtrSize);
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolValue(MangSym, PtrSize);
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->AddBlankLine();
|
2010-05-20 00:49:07 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-01-19 05:38:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-14 15:09:30 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSymbol *EmittedInitSym = GVSym;
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->SwitchSection(TheSection);
|
2010-01-19 05:38:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-02-13 13:26:21 -08:00
|
|
|
emitLinkage(GV, EmittedInitSym);
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
emitAlignment(Alignment, GV);
|
2010-01-26 23:47:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitLabel(EmittedInitSym);
|
[AsmPrinter][ELF] Define local aliases (.Lfoo$local) for GlobalObjects
For `MC_GlobalAddress` operands referencing **certain** GlobalObjects,
we can lower them to STB_LOCAL aliases to avoid costs brought by
assembler/linker's conservative decisions about symbol interposition:
* An assembler conservatively assumes a global default visibility symbol interposable (ELF
semantics). So relocations in object files are needed even if the code generator assumed
the definition exact and non-interposable.
* The relocations can cause the creation of PLT entries on some targets for -shared links.
A linker conservatively assumes a global default visibility symbol interposable (if not
otherwise constrained by -Bsymbolic/--dynamic-list/VER_NDX_LOCAL/etc).
"certain" refers to GlobalObjects in the intersection of
`hasExactDefinition() and !isInterposable()`: `external`, `appending`, `internal`, `private`.
Local linkages (`internal` and `private`) cannot be interposed. `appending` is for very
few objects LLVM interpret specially. So the set just includes `external`.
This patch emits STB_LOCAL aliases (.Lfoo$local) for such GlobalObjects, so that targets can lower
MC_GlobalAddress operands to STB_LOCAL aliases if applicable.
We may extend the scope and include GlobalAlias in the future.
LLVM's existing -fno-semantic-interposition behaviors give us license to do such optimizations:
* Various optimizations (ipconstprop, inliner, sccp, sroa, etc) treat normal ExternalLinkage
GlobalObjects as non-interposable.
* Before D72197, MC resolved a PC-relative VK_None fixup to a non-local symbol at assembly time (no
outstanding relocation), if the target is defined in the same section. Put it simply, even if IR
optimizations failed to optimize and allowed interposition for the function call in
`void foo() {} void bar() { foo(); }`, the assembler would disallow it.
This patch sets up AsmPrinter infrastructure to make -fno-semantic-interposition more so.
With and without the patch, the object file output should be identical:
`.Lfoo$local` does not take a symbol table entry.
Reviewed By: sfertile
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D73228
2020-01-22 12:26:04 -08:00
|
|
|
MCSymbol *LocalAlias = getSymbolPreferLocal(*GV);
|
|
|
|
if (LocalAlias != EmittedInitSym)
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitLabel(LocalAlias);
|
2010-01-19 05:38:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
emitGlobalConstant(GV->getParent()->getDataLayout(), GV->getInitializer());
|
2010-01-19 05:38:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (MAI->hasDotTypeDotSizeDirective())
|
2010-01-25 07:53:05 +00:00
|
|
|
// .size foo, 42
|
2016-12-01 23:39:08 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitELFSize(EmittedInitSym,
|
2015-06-02 00:25:12 +00:00
|
|
|
MCConstantExpr::create(Size, OutContext));
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->AddBlankLine();
|
2010-01-19 04:39:15 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2017-01-20 17:53:30 +00:00
|
|
|
/// Emit the directive and value for debug thread local expression
|
|
|
|
///
|
|
|
|
/// \p Value - The value to emit.
|
|
|
|
/// \p Size - The size of the integer (in bytes) to emit.
|
2020-02-13 13:26:21 -08:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitDebugValue(const MCExpr *Value, unsigned Size) const {
|
2020-02-14 22:40:47 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitValue(Value, Size);
|
2017-01-20 17:53:30 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2020-04-10 14:46:09 -07:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitFunctionHeaderComment() {}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-26 23:18:44 +00:00
|
|
|
/// EmitFunctionHeader - This method emits the header for the current
|
|
|
|
/// function.
|
2020-02-13 13:10:49 -08:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitFunctionHeader() {
|
2017-12-15 22:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
const Function &F = MF->getFunction();
|
2017-05-23 21:22:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (isVerbose())
|
2017-06-30 18:22:51 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->GetCommentOS()
|
|
|
|
<< "-- Begin function "
|
2017-12-15 22:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
<< GlobalValue::dropLLVMManglingEscape(F.getName()) << '\n';
|
2017-05-23 21:22:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-26 23:18:44 +00:00
|
|
|
// Print out constants referenced by the function
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
emitConstantPool();
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-26 23:18:44 +00:00
|
|
|
// Print the 'header' of function.
|
2020-03-16 15:56:02 -07:00
|
|
|
MF->setSection(getObjFileLowering().SectionForGlobal(&F, TM));
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->SwitchSection(MF->getSection());
|
|
|
|
|
[AIX] supporting the visibility attribute for aix assembly
SUMMARY:
in the aix assembly , it do not have .hidden and .protected directive.
in current llvm. if a function or a variable which has visibility attribute, it will generate something like the .hidden or .protected , it can not recognize by aix as.
in aix assembly, the visibility attribute are support in the pseudo-op like
.extern Name [ , Visibility ]
.globl Name [, Visibility ]
.weak Name [, Visibility ]
in this patch, we implement the visibility attribute for the global variable, function or extern function .
for example.
extern __attribute__ ((visibility ("hidden"))) int
bar(int* ip);
__attribute__ ((visibility ("hidden"))) int b = 0;
__attribute__ ((visibility ("hidden"))) int
foo(int* ip){
return (*ip)++;
}
the visibility of .comm linkage do not support , we will have a separate patch for it.
we have the unsupported cases ("default" and "internal") , we will implement them in a a separate patch for it.
Reviewers: Jason Liu ,hubert.reinterpretcast,James Henderson
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D75866
2020-06-09 16:15:06 -04:00
|
|
|
if (!MAI->hasVisibilityOnlyWithLinkage())
|
|
|
|
emitVisibility(CurrentFnSym, F.getVisibility());
|
2010-01-26 23:18:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-07-06 14:18:06 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MAI->needsFunctionDescriptors())
|
2020-02-13 13:26:21 -08:00
|
|
|
emitLinkage(&F, CurrentFnDescSym);
|
2019-09-26 19:38:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-02-13 13:26:21 -08:00
|
|
|
emitLinkage(&F, CurrentFnSym);
|
2015-03-12 01:50:30 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MAI->hasFunctionAlignment())
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
emitAlignment(MF->getAlignment(), &F);
|
2010-01-26 23:41:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-26 23:18:44 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MAI->hasDotTypeDotSizeDirective())
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolAttribute(CurrentFnSym, MCSA_ELF_TypeFunction);
|
2010-01-26 23:18:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2019-01-25 18:30:22 +00:00
|
|
|
if (F.hasFnAttribute(Attribute::Cold))
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolAttribute(CurrentFnSym, MCSA_Cold);
|
2019-01-25 18:30:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-04 18:52:31 +00:00
|
|
|
if (isVerbose()) {
|
2017-12-15 22:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
F.printAsOperand(OutStreamer->GetCommentOS(),
|
|
|
|
/*PrintType=*/false, F.getParent());
|
2020-04-10 14:46:09 -07:00
|
|
|
emitFunctionHeaderComment();
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->GetCommentOS() << '\n';
|
2010-01-26 23:18:44 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2014-12-03 02:08:38 +00:00
|
|
|
// Emit the prefix data.
|
2017-12-15 22:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
if (F.hasPrefixData()) {
|
2017-03-15 04:18:16 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MAI->hasSubsectionsViaSymbols()) {
|
|
|
|
// Preserving prefix data on platforms which use subsections-via-symbols
|
|
|
|
// is a bit tricky. Here we introduce a symbol for the prefix data
|
|
|
|
// and use the .alt_entry attribute to mark the function's real entry point
|
|
|
|
// as an alternative entry point to the prefix-data symbol.
|
|
|
|
MCSymbol *PrefixSym = OutContext.createLinkerPrivateTempSymbol();
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitLabel(PrefixSym);
|
2017-03-15 04:18:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
emitGlobalConstant(F.getParent()->getDataLayout(), F.getPrefixData());
|
2017-03-15 04:18:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Emit an .alt_entry directive for the actual function symbol.
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolAttribute(CurrentFnSym, MCSA_AltEntry);
|
2017-03-15 04:18:16 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
emitGlobalConstant(F.getParent()->getDataLayout(), F.getPrefixData());
|
2017-03-15 04:18:16 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2014-12-03 02:08:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Add function attribute "patchable-function-prefix" to support -fpatchable-function-entry=N,M where M>0
Similar to the function attribute `prefix` (prefix data),
"patchable-function-prefix" inserts data (M NOPs) before the function
entry label.
-fpatchable-function-entry=2,1 (1 NOP before entry, 1 NOP after entry)
will look like:
```
.type foo,@function
.Ltmp0: # @foo
nop
foo:
.Lfunc_begin0:
# optional `bti c` (AArch64 Branch Target Identification) or
# `endbr64` (Intel Indirect Branch Tracking)
nop
.section __patchable_function_entries,"awo",@progbits,get,unique,0
.p2align 3
.quad .Ltmp0
```
-fpatchable-function-entry=N,0 + -mbranch-protection=bti/-fcf-protection=branch has two reasonable
placements (https://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2020-01/msg01185.html):
```
(a) (b)
func: func:
.Ltmp0: bti c
bti c .Ltmp0:
nop nop
```
(a) needs no additional code. If the consensus is to go for (b), we will
need more code in AArch64BranchTargets.cpp / X86IndirectBranchTracking.cpp .
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D73070
2020-01-20 14:57:11 -08:00
|
|
|
// Emit M NOPs for -fpatchable-function-entry=N,M where M>0. We arbitrarily
|
|
|
|
// place prefix data before NOPs.
|
|
|
|
unsigned PatchableFunctionPrefix = 0;
|
[AArch64] -fpatchable-function-entry=N,0: place patch label after BTI
Summary:
For -fpatchable-function-entry=N,0 -mbranch-protection=bti, after
9a24488cb67a90f889529987275c5e411ce01dda, we place the NOP sled after
the initial BTI.
```
.Lfunc_begin0:
bti c
nop
nop
.section __patchable_function_entries,"awo",@progbits,f,unique,0
.p2align 3
.xword .Lfunc_begin0
```
This patch adds a label after the initial BTI and changes the __patchable_function_entries entry to reference the label:
```
.Lfunc_begin0:
bti c
.Lpatch0:
nop
nop
.section __patchable_function_entries,"awo",@progbits,f,unique,0
.p2align 3
.xword .Lpatch0
```
This placement is compatible with the resolution in
https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=92424 .
A local linkage function whose address is not taken does not need a BTI.
Placing the patch label after BTI has the advantage that code does not
need to differentiate whether the function has an initial BTI.
Reviewers: mrutland, nickdesaulniers, nsz, ostannard
Subscribers: kristof.beyls, hiraditya, llvm-commits
Tags: #llvm
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D73680
2020-01-29 18:00:57 -08:00
|
|
|
unsigned PatchableFunctionEntry = 0;
|
Add function attribute "patchable-function-prefix" to support -fpatchable-function-entry=N,M where M>0
Similar to the function attribute `prefix` (prefix data),
"patchable-function-prefix" inserts data (M NOPs) before the function
entry label.
-fpatchable-function-entry=2,1 (1 NOP before entry, 1 NOP after entry)
will look like:
```
.type foo,@function
.Ltmp0: # @foo
nop
foo:
.Lfunc_begin0:
# optional `bti c` (AArch64 Branch Target Identification) or
# `endbr64` (Intel Indirect Branch Tracking)
nop
.section __patchable_function_entries,"awo",@progbits,get,unique,0
.p2align 3
.quad .Ltmp0
```
-fpatchable-function-entry=N,0 + -mbranch-protection=bti/-fcf-protection=branch has two reasonable
placements (https://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2020-01/msg01185.html):
```
(a) (b)
func: func:
.Ltmp0: bti c
bti c .Ltmp0:
nop nop
```
(a) needs no additional code. If the consensus is to go for (b), we will
need more code in AArch64BranchTargets.cpp / X86IndirectBranchTracking.cpp .
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D73070
2020-01-20 14:57:11 -08:00
|
|
|
(void)F.getFnAttribute("patchable-function-prefix")
|
|
|
|
.getValueAsString()
|
|
|
|
.getAsInteger(10, PatchableFunctionPrefix);
|
[AArch64] -fpatchable-function-entry=N,0: place patch label after BTI
Summary:
For -fpatchable-function-entry=N,0 -mbranch-protection=bti, after
9a24488cb67a90f889529987275c5e411ce01dda, we place the NOP sled after
the initial BTI.
```
.Lfunc_begin0:
bti c
nop
nop
.section __patchable_function_entries,"awo",@progbits,f,unique,0
.p2align 3
.xword .Lfunc_begin0
```
This patch adds a label after the initial BTI and changes the __patchable_function_entries entry to reference the label:
```
.Lfunc_begin0:
bti c
.Lpatch0:
nop
nop
.section __patchable_function_entries,"awo",@progbits,f,unique,0
.p2align 3
.xword .Lpatch0
```
This placement is compatible with the resolution in
https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=92424 .
A local linkage function whose address is not taken does not need a BTI.
Placing the patch label after BTI has the advantage that code does not
need to differentiate whether the function has an initial BTI.
Reviewers: mrutland, nickdesaulniers, nsz, ostannard
Subscribers: kristof.beyls, hiraditya, llvm-commits
Tags: #llvm
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D73680
2020-01-29 18:00:57 -08:00
|
|
|
(void)F.getFnAttribute("patchable-function-entry")
|
|
|
|
.getValueAsString()
|
|
|
|
.getAsInteger(10, PatchableFunctionEntry);
|
Add function attribute "patchable-function-prefix" to support -fpatchable-function-entry=N,M where M>0
Similar to the function attribute `prefix` (prefix data),
"patchable-function-prefix" inserts data (M NOPs) before the function
entry label.
-fpatchable-function-entry=2,1 (1 NOP before entry, 1 NOP after entry)
will look like:
```
.type foo,@function
.Ltmp0: # @foo
nop
foo:
.Lfunc_begin0:
# optional `bti c` (AArch64 Branch Target Identification) or
# `endbr64` (Intel Indirect Branch Tracking)
nop
.section __patchable_function_entries,"awo",@progbits,get,unique,0
.p2align 3
.quad .Ltmp0
```
-fpatchable-function-entry=N,0 + -mbranch-protection=bti/-fcf-protection=branch has two reasonable
placements (https://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2020-01/msg01185.html):
```
(a) (b)
func: func:
.Ltmp0: bti c
bti c .Ltmp0:
nop nop
```
(a) needs no additional code. If the consensus is to go for (b), we will
need more code in AArch64BranchTargets.cpp / X86IndirectBranchTracking.cpp .
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D73070
2020-01-20 14:57:11 -08:00
|
|
|
if (PatchableFunctionPrefix) {
|
|
|
|
CurrentPatchableFunctionEntrySym =
|
|
|
|
OutContext.createLinkerPrivateTempSymbol();
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitLabel(CurrentPatchableFunctionEntrySym);
|
Add function attribute "patchable-function-prefix" to support -fpatchable-function-entry=N,M where M>0
Similar to the function attribute `prefix` (prefix data),
"patchable-function-prefix" inserts data (M NOPs) before the function
entry label.
-fpatchable-function-entry=2,1 (1 NOP before entry, 1 NOP after entry)
will look like:
```
.type foo,@function
.Ltmp0: # @foo
nop
foo:
.Lfunc_begin0:
# optional `bti c` (AArch64 Branch Target Identification) or
# `endbr64` (Intel Indirect Branch Tracking)
nop
.section __patchable_function_entries,"awo",@progbits,get,unique,0
.p2align 3
.quad .Ltmp0
```
-fpatchable-function-entry=N,0 + -mbranch-protection=bti/-fcf-protection=branch has two reasonable
placements (https://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2020-01/msg01185.html):
```
(a) (b)
func: func:
.Ltmp0: bti c
bti c .Ltmp0:
nop nop
```
(a) needs no additional code. If the consensus is to go for (b), we will
need more code in AArch64BranchTargets.cpp / X86IndirectBranchTracking.cpp .
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D73070
2020-01-20 14:57:11 -08:00
|
|
|
emitNops(PatchableFunctionPrefix);
|
[AArch64] -fpatchable-function-entry=N,0: place patch label after BTI
Summary:
For -fpatchable-function-entry=N,0 -mbranch-protection=bti, after
9a24488cb67a90f889529987275c5e411ce01dda, we place the NOP sled after
the initial BTI.
```
.Lfunc_begin0:
bti c
nop
nop
.section __patchable_function_entries,"awo",@progbits,f,unique,0
.p2align 3
.xword .Lfunc_begin0
```
This patch adds a label after the initial BTI and changes the __patchable_function_entries entry to reference the label:
```
.Lfunc_begin0:
bti c
.Lpatch0:
nop
nop
.section __patchable_function_entries,"awo",@progbits,f,unique,0
.p2align 3
.xword .Lpatch0
```
This placement is compatible with the resolution in
https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=92424 .
A local linkage function whose address is not taken does not need a BTI.
Placing the patch label after BTI has the advantage that code does not
need to differentiate whether the function has an initial BTI.
Reviewers: mrutland, nickdesaulniers, nsz, ostannard
Subscribers: kristof.beyls, hiraditya, llvm-commits
Tags: #llvm
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D73680
2020-01-29 18:00:57 -08:00
|
|
|
} else if (PatchableFunctionEntry) {
|
|
|
|
// May be reassigned when emitting the body, to reference the label after
|
|
|
|
// the initial BTI (AArch64) or endbr32/endbr64 (x86).
|
Add function attribute "patchable-function-prefix" to support -fpatchable-function-entry=N,M where M>0
Similar to the function attribute `prefix` (prefix data),
"patchable-function-prefix" inserts data (M NOPs) before the function
entry label.
-fpatchable-function-entry=2,1 (1 NOP before entry, 1 NOP after entry)
will look like:
```
.type foo,@function
.Ltmp0: # @foo
nop
foo:
.Lfunc_begin0:
# optional `bti c` (AArch64 Branch Target Identification) or
# `endbr64` (Intel Indirect Branch Tracking)
nop
.section __patchable_function_entries,"awo",@progbits,get,unique,0
.p2align 3
.quad .Ltmp0
```
-fpatchable-function-entry=N,0 + -mbranch-protection=bti/-fcf-protection=branch has two reasonable
placements (https://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2020-01/msg01185.html):
```
(a) (b)
func: func:
.Ltmp0: bti c
bti c .Ltmp0:
nop nop
```
(a) needs no additional code. If the consensus is to go for (b), we will
need more code in AArch64BranchTargets.cpp / X86IndirectBranchTracking.cpp .
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D73070
2020-01-20 14:57:11 -08:00
|
|
|
CurrentPatchableFunctionEntrySym = CurrentFnBegin;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2019-09-26 19:38:32 +00:00
|
|
|
// Emit the function descriptor. This is a virtual function to allow targets
|
2020-01-30 14:12:43 -05:00
|
|
|
// to emit their specific function descriptor. Right now it is only used by
|
|
|
|
// the AIX target. The PowerPC 64-bit V1 ELF target also uses function
|
|
|
|
// descriptors and should be converted to use this hook as well.
|
2019-09-26 19:38:32 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MAI->needsFunctionDescriptors())
|
2020-02-13 13:10:49 -08:00
|
|
|
emitFunctionDescriptor();
|
2019-09-26 19:38:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Emit the CurrentFnSym. This is a virtual function to allow targets to do
|
|
|
|
// their wild and crazy things as required.
|
2020-02-13 13:10:49 -08:00
|
|
|
emitFunctionEntryLabel();
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-03-05 19:47:50 +00:00
|
|
|
if (CurrentFnBegin) {
|
2015-02-27 18:18:39 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MAI->useAssignmentForEHBegin()) {
|
2015-05-18 18:43:14 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSymbol *CurPos = OutContext.createTempSymbol();
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitLabel(CurPos);
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitAssignment(CurrentFnBegin,
|
2015-05-30 01:25:56 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSymbolRefExpr::create(CurPos, OutContext));
|
2015-02-27 18:18:39 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitLabel(CurrentFnBegin);
|
2015-02-27 18:18:39 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-26 23:18:44 +00:00
|
|
|
// Emit pre-function debug and/or EH information.
|
2014-04-16 22:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
for (const HandlerInfo &HI : Handlers) {
|
2016-11-18 19:43:18 +00:00
|
|
|
NamedRegionTimer T(HI.TimerName, HI.TimerDescription, HI.TimerGroupName,
|
|
|
|
HI.TimerGroupDescription, TimePassesIsEnabled);
|
2014-04-16 22:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
HI.Handler->beginFunction(MF);
|
2010-04-07 10:44:46 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-10-20 02:16:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-12-03 02:08:38 +00:00
|
|
|
// Emit the prologue data.
|
2017-12-15 22:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
if (F.hasPrologueData())
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
emitGlobalConstant(F.getParent()->getDataLayout(), F.getPrologueData());
|
2010-01-26 23:18:44 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-27 07:21:55 +00:00
|
|
|
/// EmitFunctionEntryLabel - Emit the label that is the entrypoint for the
|
|
|
|
/// function. This can be overridden by targets as required to do custom stuff.
|
2020-02-13 13:10:49 -08:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitFunctionEntryLabel() {
|
2014-12-24 10:27:50 +00:00
|
|
|
CurrentFnSym->redefineIfPossible();
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-06 00:05:37 +00:00
|
|
|
// The function label could have already been emitted if two symbols end up
|
|
|
|
// conflicting due to asm renaming. Detect this and emit an error.
|
2014-12-24 23:06:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if (CurrentFnSym->isVariable())
|
|
|
|
report_fatal_error("'" + Twine(CurrentFnSym->getName()) +
|
|
|
|
"' is a protected alias");
|
|
|
|
if (CurrentFnSym->isDefined())
|
|
|
|
report_fatal_error("'" + Twine(CurrentFnSym->getName()) +
|
|
|
|
"' label emitted multiple times to assembly file");
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitLabel(CurrentFnSym);
|
[AsmPrinter][ELF] Define local aliases (.Lfoo$local) for GlobalObjects
For `MC_GlobalAddress` operands referencing **certain** GlobalObjects,
we can lower them to STB_LOCAL aliases to avoid costs brought by
assembler/linker's conservative decisions about symbol interposition:
* An assembler conservatively assumes a global default visibility symbol interposable (ELF
semantics). So relocations in object files are needed even if the code generator assumed
the definition exact and non-interposable.
* The relocations can cause the creation of PLT entries on some targets for -shared links.
A linker conservatively assumes a global default visibility symbol interposable (if not
otherwise constrained by -Bsymbolic/--dynamic-list/VER_NDX_LOCAL/etc).
"certain" refers to GlobalObjects in the intersection of
`hasExactDefinition() and !isInterposable()`: `external`, `appending`, `internal`, `private`.
Local linkages (`internal` and `private`) cannot be interposed. `appending` is for very
few objects LLVM interpret specially. So the set just includes `external`.
This patch emits STB_LOCAL aliases (.Lfoo$local) for such GlobalObjects, so that targets can lower
MC_GlobalAddress operands to STB_LOCAL aliases if applicable.
We may extend the scope and include GlobalAlias in the future.
LLVM's existing -fno-semantic-interposition behaviors give us license to do such optimizations:
* Various optimizations (ipconstprop, inliner, sccp, sroa, etc) treat normal ExternalLinkage
GlobalObjects as non-interposable.
* Before D72197, MC resolved a PC-relative VK_None fixup to a non-local symbol at assembly time (no
outstanding relocation), if the target is defined in the same section. Put it simply, even if IR
optimizations failed to optimize and allowed interposition for the function call in
`void foo() {} void bar() { foo(); }`, the assembler would disallow it.
This patch sets up AsmPrinter infrastructure to make -fno-semantic-interposition more so.
With and without the patch, the object file output should be identical:
`.Lfoo$local` does not take a symbol table entry.
Reviewed By: sfertile
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D73228
2020-01-22 12:26:04 -08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (TM.getTargetTriple().isOSBinFormatELF()) {
|
|
|
|
MCSymbol *Sym = getSymbolPreferLocal(MF->getFunction());
|
|
|
|
if (Sym != CurrentFnSym)
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitLabel(Sym);
|
[AsmPrinter][ELF] Define local aliases (.Lfoo$local) for GlobalObjects
For `MC_GlobalAddress` operands referencing **certain** GlobalObjects,
we can lower them to STB_LOCAL aliases to avoid costs brought by
assembler/linker's conservative decisions about symbol interposition:
* An assembler conservatively assumes a global default visibility symbol interposable (ELF
semantics). So relocations in object files are needed even if the code generator assumed
the definition exact and non-interposable.
* The relocations can cause the creation of PLT entries on some targets for -shared links.
A linker conservatively assumes a global default visibility symbol interposable (if not
otherwise constrained by -Bsymbolic/--dynamic-list/VER_NDX_LOCAL/etc).
"certain" refers to GlobalObjects in the intersection of
`hasExactDefinition() and !isInterposable()`: `external`, `appending`, `internal`, `private`.
Local linkages (`internal` and `private`) cannot be interposed. `appending` is for very
few objects LLVM interpret specially. So the set just includes `external`.
This patch emits STB_LOCAL aliases (.Lfoo$local) for such GlobalObjects, so that targets can lower
MC_GlobalAddress operands to STB_LOCAL aliases if applicable.
We may extend the scope and include GlobalAlias in the future.
LLVM's existing -fno-semantic-interposition behaviors give us license to do such optimizations:
* Various optimizations (ipconstprop, inliner, sccp, sroa, etc) treat normal ExternalLinkage
GlobalObjects as non-interposable.
* Before D72197, MC resolved a PC-relative VK_None fixup to a non-local symbol at assembly time (no
outstanding relocation), if the target is defined in the same section. Put it simply, even if IR
optimizations failed to optimize and allowed interposition for the function call in
`void foo() {} void bar() { foo(); }`, the assembler would disallow it.
This patch sets up AsmPrinter infrastructure to make -fno-semantic-interposition more so.
With and without the patch, the object file output should be identical:
`.Lfoo$local` does not take a symbol table entry.
Reviewed By: sfertile
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D73228
2020-01-22 12:26:04 -08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-01-27 07:21:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-01-26 23:18:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-09-07 18:16:38 +00:00
|
|
|
/// emitComments - Pretty-print comments for instructions.
|
2019-02-04 12:51:26 +00:00
|
|
|
static void emitComments(const MachineInstr &MI, raw_ostream &CommentOS) {
|
2017-10-10 23:50:49 +00:00
|
|
|
const MachineFunction *MF = MI.getMF();
|
2015-02-20 06:35:21 +00:00
|
|
|
const TargetInstrInfo *TII = MF->getSubtarget().getInstrInfo();
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-10 00:47:53 +00:00
|
|
|
// Check for spills and reloads
|
2019-01-30 20:37:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-10 00:47:53 +00:00
|
|
|
// We assume a single instruction only has a spill or reload, not
|
|
|
|
// both.
|
2019-02-04 20:42:45 +00:00
|
|
|
Optional<unsigned> Size;
|
|
|
|
if ((Size = MI.getRestoreSize(TII))) {
|
|
|
|
CommentOS << *Size << "-byte Reload\n";
|
|
|
|
} else if ((Size = MI.getFoldedRestoreSize(TII))) {
|
|
|
|
if (*Size)
|
|
|
|
CommentOS << *Size << "-byte Folded Reload\n";
|
|
|
|
} else if ((Size = MI.getSpillSize(TII))) {
|
|
|
|
CommentOS << *Size << "-byte Spill\n";
|
|
|
|
} else if ((Size = MI.getFoldedSpillSize(TII))) {
|
|
|
|
if (*Size)
|
|
|
|
CommentOS << *Size << "-byte Folded Spill\n";
|
2010-02-10 00:47:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-10 00:47:53 +00:00
|
|
|
// Check for spill-induced copies
|
2019-02-04 12:51:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MI.getAsmPrinterFlag(MachineInstr::ReloadReuse))
|
|
|
|
CommentOS << " Reload Reuse\n";
|
2010-02-10 00:47:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-09-07 18:16:38 +00:00
|
|
|
/// emitImplicitDef - This method emits the specified machine instruction
|
2010-04-04 18:58:53 +00:00
|
|
|
/// that is an implicit def.
|
2013-10-11 12:39:36 +00:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitImplicitDef(const MachineInstr *MI) const {
|
Apply llvm-prefer-register-over-unsigned from clang-tidy to LLVM
Summary:
This clang-tidy check is looking for unsigned integer variables whose initializer
starts with an implicit cast from llvm::Register and changes the type of the
variable to llvm::Register (dropping the llvm:: where possible).
Partial reverts in:
X86FrameLowering.cpp - Some functions return unsigned and arguably should be MCRegister
X86FixupLEAs.cpp - Some functions return unsigned and arguably should be MCRegister
X86FrameLowering.cpp - Some functions return unsigned and arguably should be MCRegister
HexagonBitSimplify.cpp - Function takes BitTracker::RegisterRef which appears to be unsigned&
MachineVerifier.cpp - Ambiguous operator==() given MCRegister and const Register
PPCFastISel.cpp - No Register::operator-=()
PeepholeOptimizer.cpp - TargetInstrInfo::optimizeLoadInstr() takes an unsigned&
MachineTraceMetrics.cpp - MachineTraceMetrics lacks a suitable constructor
Manual fixups in:
ARMFastISel.cpp - ARMEmitLoad() now takes a Register& instead of unsigned&
HexagonSplitDouble.cpp - Ternary operator was ambiguous between unsigned/Register
HexagonConstExtenders.cpp - Has a local class named Register, used llvm::Register instead of Register.
PPCFastISel.cpp - PPCEmitLoad() now takes a Register& instead of unsigned&
Depends on D65919
Reviewers: arsenm, bogner, craig.topper, RKSimon
Reviewed By: arsenm
Subscribers: RKSimon, craig.topper, lenary, aemerson, wuzish, jholewinski, MatzeB, qcolombet, dschuff, jyknight, dylanmckay, sdardis, nemanjai, jvesely, wdng, nhaehnle, sbc100, jgravelle-google, kristof.beyls, hiraditya, aheejin, kbarton, fedor.sergeev, javed.absar, asb, rbar, johnrusso, simoncook, apazos, sabuasal, niosHD, jrtc27, MaskRay, zzheng, edward-jones, atanasyan, rogfer01, MartinMosbeck, brucehoult, the_o, tpr, PkmX, jocewei, jsji, Petar.Avramovic, asbirlea, Jim, s.egerton, llvm-commits
Tags: #llvm
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D65962
llvm-svn: 369041
2019-08-15 19:22:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Register RegNo = MI->getOperand(0).getReg();
|
2015-11-17 16:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SmallString<128> Str;
|
|
|
|
raw_svector_ostream OS(Str);
|
|
|
|
OS << "implicit-def: "
|
2017-11-28 12:42:37 +00:00
|
|
|
<< printReg(RegNo, MF->getSubtarget().getRegisterInfo());
|
2015-11-17 16:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->AddComment(OS.str());
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->AddBlankLine();
|
2010-04-04 18:58:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-09-07 18:16:38 +00:00
|
|
|
static void emitKill(const MachineInstr *MI, AsmPrinter &AP) {
|
2015-11-17 16:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
std::string Str;
|
|
|
|
raw_string_ostream OS(Str);
|
|
|
|
OS << "kill:";
|
2010-04-04 18:58:53 +00:00
|
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = MI->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
|
|
|
|
const MachineOperand &Op = MI->getOperand(i);
|
|
|
|
assert(Op.isReg() && "KILL instruction must have only register operands");
|
2017-12-07 10:40:31 +00:00
|
|
|
OS << ' ' << (Op.isDef() ? "def " : "killed ")
|
|
|
|
<< printReg(Op.getReg(), AP.MF->getSubtarget().getRegisterInfo());
|
2010-04-04 18:58:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-07-09 00:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
AP.OutStreamer->AddComment(OS.str());
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
AP.OutStreamer->AddBlankLine();
|
2010-04-04 18:58:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-09-07 18:16:38 +00:00
|
|
|
/// emitDebugValueComment - This method handles the target-independent form
|
2010-04-07 01:15:14 +00:00
|
|
|
/// of DBG_VALUE, returning true if it was able to do so. A false return
|
|
|
|
/// means the target will need to handle MI in EmitInstruction.
|
2012-09-07 18:16:38 +00:00
|
|
|
static bool emitDebugValueComment(const MachineInstr *MI, AsmPrinter &AP) {
|
Move the complex address expression out of DIVariable and into an extra
argument of the llvm.dbg.declare/llvm.dbg.value intrinsics.
Previously, DIVariable was a variable-length field that has an optional
reference to a Metadata array consisting of a variable number of
complex address expressions. In the case of OpPiece expressions this is
wasting a lot of storage in IR, because when an aggregate type is, e.g.,
SROA'd into all of its n individual members, the IR will contain n copies
of the DIVariable, all alike, only differing in the complex address
reference at the end.
By making the complex address into an extra argument of the
dbg.value/dbg.declare intrinsics, all of the pieces can reference the
same variable and the complex address expressions can be uniqued across
the CU, too.
Down the road, this will allow us to move other flags, such as
"indirection" out of the DIVariable, too.
The new intrinsics look like this:
declare void @llvm.dbg.declare(metadata %storage, metadata %var, metadata %expr)
declare void @llvm.dbg.value(metadata %storage, i64 %offset, metadata %var, metadata %expr)
This patch adds a new LLVM-local tag to DIExpressions, so we can detect
and pretty-print DIExpression metadata nodes.
What this patch doesn't do:
This patch does not touch the "Indirect" field in DIVariable; but moving
that into the expression would be a natural next step.
http://reviews.llvm.org/D4919
rdar://problem/17994491
Thanks to dblaikie and dexonsmith for reviewing this patch!
Note: I accidentally committed a bogus older version of this patch previously.
llvm-svn: 218787
2014-10-01 18:55:02 +00:00
|
|
|
// This code handles only the 4-operand target-independent form.
|
|
|
|
if (MI->getNumOperands() != 4)
|
2010-04-07 01:15:14 +00:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-07 09:26:51 +00:00
|
|
|
SmallString<128> Str;
|
|
|
|
raw_svector_ostream OS(Str);
|
2014-01-16 16:28:37 +00:00
|
|
|
OS << "DEBUG_VALUE: ";
|
2010-04-07 09:26:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-04-29 16:38:44 +00:00
|
|
|
const DILocalVariable *V = MI->getDebugVariable();
|
|
|
|
if (auto *SP = dyn_cast<DISubprogram>(V->getScope())) {
|
2017-04-26 23:59:52 +00:00
|
|
|
StringRef Name = SP->getName();
|
2013-06-15 00:33:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!Name.empty())
|
|
|
|
OS << Name << ":";
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-04-14 02:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
OS << V->getName();
|
2014-08-01 22:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
OS << " <- ";
|
2010-04-07 01:15:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-07-09 20:28:37 +00:00
|
|
|
// The second operand is only an offset if it's an immediate.
|
2020-06-22 16:01:12 +01:00
|
|
|
bool MemLoc = MI->isIndirectDebugValue();
|
2017-04-18 01:21:53 +00:00
|
|
|
int64_t Offset = MemLoc ? MI->getOperand(1).getImm() : 0;
|
2017-04-25 17:22:09 +00:00
|
|
|
const DIExpression *Expr = MI->getDebugExpression();
|
|
|
|
if (Expr->getNumElements()) {
|
|
|
|
OS << '[';
|
|
|
|
bool NeedSep = false;
|
|
|
|
for (auto Op : Expr->expr_ops()) {
|
|
|
|
if (NeedSep)
|
|
|
|
OS << ", ";
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
NeedSep = true;
|
|
|
|
OS << dwarf::OperationEncodingString(Op.getOp());
|
|
|
|
for (unsigned I = 0; I < Op.getNumArgs(); ++I)
|
|
|
|
OS << ' ' << Op.getArg(I);
|
Clean up the processing of dbg.value in various places
Summary:
First up is instcombine, where in the dbg.declare -> dbg.value conversion,
the llvm.dbg.value needs to be called on the actual loaded value, rather
than the address (since the whole point of this transformation is to be
able to get rid of the alloca). Further, now that that's cleaned up, we
can remove a hack in the backend, that would add an implicit OP_deref if
the argument to dbg.value was an alloca. This stems from before the
existence of DIExpression and is no longer necessary since the deref can
be expressed explicitly.
Now, in order to make sure that the tests pass with this change, we need to
correct the printing of DEBUG_VALUE comments to take into account the
expression, which wasn't taken into account before.
Unfortunately, for both these changes, there were a number of incorrect
test cases (mostly the wrong number of DW_OP_derefs, but also a couple
where the test itself was broken more badly). aprantl and I have gone
through and adjusted these test case in order to make them pass with
these fixes and in some cases to make sure they're actually testing
what they are meant to test.
Reviewers: aprantl
Subscribers: dsanders
Differential Revision: http://reviews.llvm.org/D14186
llvm-svn: 256077
2015-12-19 02:02:44 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2017-04-25 17:22:09 +00:00
|
|
|
OS << "] ";
|
Clean up the processing of dbg.value in various places
Summary:
First up is instcombine, where in the dbg.declare -> dbg.value conversion,
the llvm.dbg.value needs to be called on the actual loaded value, rather
than the address (since the whole point of this transformation is to be
able to get rid of the alloca). Further, now that that's cleaned up, we
can remove a hack in the backend, that would add an implicit OP_deref if
the argument to dbg.value was an alloca. This stems from before the
existence of DIExpression and is no longer necessary since the deref can
be expressed explicitly.
Now, in order to make sure that the tests pass with this change, we need to
correct the printing of DEBUG_VALUE comments to take into account the
expression, which wasn't taken into account before.
Unfortunately, for both these changes, there were a number of incorrect
test cases (mostly the wrong number of DW_OP_derefs, but also a couple
where the test itself was broken more badly). aprantl and I have gone
through and adjusted these test case in order to make them pass with
these fixes and in some cases to make sure they're actually testing
what they are meant to test.
Reviewers: aprantl
Subscribers: dsanders
Differential Revision: http://reviews.llvm.org/D14186
llvm-svn: 256077
2015-12-19 02:02:44 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-07 01:15:14 +00:00
|
|
|
// Register or immediate value. Register 0 means undef.
|
2020-06-22 16:01:12 +01:00
|
|
|
if (MI->getDebugOperand(0).isFPImm()) {
|
|
|
|
APFloat APF = APFloat(MI->getDebugOperand(0).getFPImm()->getValueAPF());
|
|
|
|
if (MI->getDebugOperand(0).getFPImm()->getType()->isFloatTy()) {
|
2010-04-07 09:26:51 +00:00
|
|
|
OS << (double)APF.convertToFloat();
|
2020-06-22 16:01:12 +01:00
|
|
|
} else if (MI->getDebugOperand(0).getFPImm()->getType()->isDoubleTy()) {
|
2010-04-07 09:26:51 +00:00
|
|
|
OS << APF.convertToDouble();
|
2010-04-07 01:15:14 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// There is no good way to print long double. Convert a copy to
|
|
|
|
// double. Ah well, it's only a comment.
|
|
|
|
bool ignored;
|
2016-12-14 11:57:17 +00:00
|
|
|
APF.convert(APFloat::IEEEdouble(), APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven,
|
2010-04-07 01:15:14 +00:00
|
|
|
&ignored);
|
2010-04-07 09:26:51 +00:00
|
|
|
OS << "(long double) " << APF.convertToDouble();
|
2010-04-07 01:15:14 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2020-06-22 16:01:12 +01:00
|
|
|
} else if (MI->getDebugOperand(0).isImm()) {
|
|
|
|
OS << MI->getDebugOperand(0).getImm();
|
|
|
|
} else if (MI->getDebugOperand(0).isCImm()) {
|
|
|
|
MI->getDebugOperand(0).getCImm()->getValue().print(OS, false /*isSigned*/);
|
|
|
|
} else if (MI->getDebugOperand(0).isTargetIndex()) {
|
|
|
|
auto Op = MI->getDebugOperand(0);
|
2019-12-20 14:31:56 -08:00
|
|
|
OS << "!target-index(" << Op.getIndex() << "," << Op.getOffset() << ")";
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
2010-04-07 22:29:10 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2020-04-07 16:33:58 -04:00
|
|
|
Register Reg;
|
2020-06-22 16:01:12 +01:00
|
|
|
if (MI->getDebugOperand(0).isReg()) {
|
|
|
|
Reg = MI->getDebugOperand(0).getReg();
|
2013-06-16 20:34:15 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2020-06-22 16:01:12 +01:00
|
|
|
assert(MI->getDebugOperand(0).isFI() && "Unknown operand type");
|
2015-02-20 07:16:19 +00:00
|
|
|
const TargetFrameLowering *TFI = AP.MF->getSubtarget().getFrameLowering();
|
2020-06-22 16:01:12 +01:00
|
|
|
Offset += TFI->getFrameIndexReference(
|
|
|
|
*AP.MF, MI->getDebugOperand(0).getIndex(), Reg);
|
2017-04-25 17:22:09 +00:00
|
|
|
MemLoc = true;
|
2013-06-16 20:34:15 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-06-15 15:52:58 +00:00
|
|
|
if (Reg == 0) {
|
2010-04-07 01:15:14 +00:00
|
|
|
// Suppress offset, it is not meaningful here.
|
2010-04-07 09:26:51 +00:00
|
|
|
OS << "undef";
|
2010-04-07 01:15:14 +00:00
|
|
|
// NOTE: Want this comment at start of line, don't emit with AddComment.
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
AP.OutStreamer->emitRawComment(OS.str());
|
2010-04-07 01:15:14 +00:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-04-25 17:22:09 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MemLoc)
|
2013-06-15 15:52:58 +00:00
|
|
|
OS << '[';
|
2017-11-28 12:42:37 +00:00
|
|
|
OS << printReg(Reg, AP.MF->getSubtarget().getRegisterInfo());
|
2010-04-07 22:29:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-04-25 17:22:09 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MemLoc)
|
2013-07-09 20:28:37 +00:00
|
|
|
OS << '+' << Offset << ']';
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-07 01:15:14 +00:00
|
|
|
// NOTE: Want this comment at start of line, don't emit with AddComment.
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
AP.OutStreamer->emitRawComment(OS.str());
|
2010-04-07 01:15:14 +00:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-02-10 00:47:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-05-09 02:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
/// This method handles the target-independent form of DBG_LABEL, returning
|
|
|
|
/// true if it was able to do so. A false return means the target will need
|
|
|
|
/// to handle MI in EmitInstruction.
|
|
|
|
static bool emitDebugLabelComment(const MachineInstr *MI, AsmPrinter &AP) {
|
|
|
|
if (MI->getNumOperands() != 1)
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SmallString<128> Str;
|
|
|
|
raw_svector_ostream OS(Str);
|
|
|
|
OS << "DEBUG_LABEL: ";
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const DILabel *V = MI->getDebugLabel();
|
2019-08-14 17:58:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if (auto *SP = dyn_cast<DISubprogram>(
|
|
|
|
V->getScope()->getNonLexicalBlockFileScope())) {
|
2018-05-09 02:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
StringRef Name = SP->getName();
|
|
|
|
if (!Name.empty())
|
|
|
|
OS << Name << ":";
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
OS << V->getName();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// NOTE: Want this comment at start of line, don't emit with AddComment.
|
|
|
|
AP.OutStreamer->emitRawComment(OS.str());
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2017-07-19 23:47:33 +00:00
|
|
|
AsmPrinter::CFIMoveType AsmPrinter::needsCFIMoves() const {
|
2011-05-25 03:44:17 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MAI->getExceptionHandlingType() == ExceptionHandling::DwarfCFI &&
|
2017-12-15 22:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
MF->getFunction().needsUnwindTableEntry())
|
2011-05-25 03:44:17 +00:00
|
|
|
return CFI_M_EH;
|
2011-04-29 14:14:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2019-10-31 08:55:57 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MMI->hasDebugInfo() || MF->getTarget().Options.ForceDwarfFrameSection)
|
2011-05-10 18:39:09 +00:00
|
|
|
return CFI_M_Debug;
|
2011-04-29 14:14:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-10 18:39:09 +00:00
|
|
|
return CFI_M_None;
|
2011-04-29 14:14:06 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-28 04:21:04 +00:00
|
|
|
bool AsmPrinter::needsSEHMoves() {
|
2017-12-15 22:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
return MAI->usesWindowsCFI() && MF->getFunction().needsUnwindTableEntry();
|
2011-05-28 04:21:04 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2014-03-07 06:08:31 +00:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitCFIInstruction(const MachineInstr &MI) {
|
2014-06-29 21:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
ExceptionHandling ExceptionHandlingType = MAI->getExceptionHandlingType();
|
2014-02-14 17:19:07 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ExceptionHandlingType != ExceptionHandling::DwarfCFI &&
|
|
|
|
ExceptionHandlingType != ExceptionHandling::ARM)
|
2011-04-15 15:11:06 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-10 18:39:09 +00:00
|
|
|
if (needsCFIMoves() == CFI_M_None)
|
2011-04-29 14:14:06 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2017-04-24 18:45:59 +00:00
|
|
|
// If there is no "real" instruction following this CFI instruction, skip
|
|
|
|
// emitting it; it would be beyond the end of the function's FDE range.
|
|
|
|
auto *MBB = MI.getParent();
|
|
|
|
auto I = std::next(MI.getIterator());
|
|
|
|
while (I != MBB->end() && I->isTransient())
|
|
|
|
++I;
|
|
|
|
if (I == MBB->instr_end() &&
|
|
|
|
MBB->getReverseIterator() == MBB->getParent()->rbegin())
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2016-11-30 23:48:42 +00:00
|
|
|
const std::vector<MCCFIInstruction> &Instrs = MF->getFrameInstructions();
|
2014-03-07 06:08:31 +00:00
|
|
|
unsigned CFIIndex = MI.getOperand(0).getCFIIndex();
|
|
|
|
const MCCFIInstruction &CFI = Instrs[CFIIndex];
|
|
|
|
emitCFIInstruction(CFI);
|
2011-04-15 15:11:06 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2015-01-13 00:48:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitFrameAlloc(const MachineInstr &MI) {
|
|
|
|
// The operands are the MCSymbol and the frame offset of the allocation.
|
|
|
|
MCSymbol *FrameAllocSym = MI.getOperand(0).getMCSymbol();
|
|
|
|
int FrameOffset = MI.getOperand(1).getImm();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Emit a symbol assignment.
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitAssignment(FrameAllocSym,
|
2015-05-30 01:25:56 +00:00
|
|
|
MCConstantExpr::create(FrameOffset, OutContext));
|
2015-01-13 00:48:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2020-10-08 11:12:40 -07:00
|
|
|
/// Returns the BB metadata to be emitted in the .llvm_bb_addr_map section for a
|
|
|
|
/// given basic block. This can be used to capture more precise profile
|
|
|
|
/// information. We use the last 3 bits (LSBs) to ecnode the following
|
|
|
|
/// information:
|
2020-09-14 10:16:44 -07:00
|
|
|
/// * (1): set if return block (ret or tail call).
|
|
|
|
/// * (2): set if ends with a tail call.
|
|
|
|
/// * (3): set if exception handling (EH) landing pad.
|
|
|
|
/// The remaining bits are zero.
|
|
|
|
static unsigned getBBAddrMapMetadata(const MachineBasicBlock &MBB) {
|
|
|
|
const TargetInstrInfo *TII = MBB.getParent()->getSubtarget().getInstrInfo();
|
|
|
|
return ((unsigned)MBB.isReturnBlock()) |
|
|
|
|
((!MBB.empty() && TII->isTailCall(MBB.back())) << 1) |
|
|
|
|
(MBB.isEHPad() << 2);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitBBAddrMapSection(const MachineFunction &MF) {
|
|
|
|
MCSection *BBAddrMapSection =
|
|
|
|
getObjFileLowering().getBBAddrMapSection(*MF.getSection());
|
2020-10-08 11:12:40 -07:00
|
|
|
assert(BBAddrMapSection && ".llvm_bb_addr_map section is not initialized.");
|
2020-09-14 10:16:44 -07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const MCSymbol *FunctionSymbol = getFunctionBegin();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->PushSection();
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->SwitchSection(BBAddrMapSection);
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolValue(FunctionSymbol, getPointerSize());
|
|
|
|
// Emit the total number of basic blocks in this function.
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitULEB128IntValue(MF.size());
|
|
|
|
// Emit BB Information for each basic block in the funciton.
|
|
|
|
for (const MachineBasicBlock &MBB : MF) {
|
|
|
|
const MCSymbol *MBBSymbol =
|
|
|
|
MBB.pred_empty() ? FunctionSymbol : MBB.getSymbol();
|
|
|
|
// Emit the basic block offset.
|
|
|
|
emitLabelDifferenceAsULEB128(MBBSymbol, FunctionSymbol);
|
|
|
|
// Emit the basic block size. When BBs have alignments, their size cannot
|
|
|
|
// always be computed from their offsets.
|
|
|
|
emitLabelDifferenceAsULEB128(MBB.getEndSymbol(), MBBSymbol);
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitULEB128IntValue(getBBAddrMapMetadata(MBB));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->PopSection();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2017-11-30 13:05:14 +00:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitStackSizeSection(const MachineFunction &MF) {
|
|
|
|
if (!MF.getTarget().Options.EmitStackSizeSection)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2018-06-22 10:53:47 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSection *StackSizeSection =
|
|
|
|
getObjFileLowering().getStackSizesSection(*getCurrentSection());
|
2017-11-30 13:05:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!StackSizeSection)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const MachineFrameInfo &FrameInfo = MF.getFrameInfo();
|
|
|
|
// Don't emit functions with dynamic stack allocations.
|
|
|
|
if (FrameInfo.hasVarSizedObjects())
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->PushSection();
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->SwitchSection(StackSizeSection);
|
|
|
|
|
2018-03-26 20:40:22 +00:00
|
|
|
const MCSymbol *FunctionSymbol = getFunctionBegin();
|
2017-11-30 13:05:14 +00:00
|
|
|
uint64_t StackSize = FrameInfo.getStackSize();
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolValue(FunctionSymbol, TM.getProgramPointerSize());
|
2020-02-13 13:26:21 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitULEB128IntValue(StackSize);
|
2017-11-30 13:05:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->PopSection();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2020-06-30 19:10:01 -07:00
|
|
|
static bool needFuncLabelsForEHOrDebugInfo(const MachineFunction &MF) {
|
|
|
|
MachineModuleInfo &MMI = MF.getMMI();
|
|
|
|
if (!MF.getLandingPads().empty() || MF.hasEHFunclets() || MMI.hasDebugInfo())
|
2017-05-31 22:18:49 +00:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-31 22:21:20 +00:00
|
|
|
// We might emit an EH table that uses function begin and end labels even if
|
|
|
|
// we don't have any landingpads.
|
2017-12-15 22:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!MF.getFunction().hasPersonalityFn())
|
2017-05-31 22:18:49 +00:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2017-05-31 22:21:20 +00:00
|
|
|
return !isNoOpWithoutInvoke(
|
2017-12-15 22:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
classifyEHPersonality(MF.getFunction().getPersonalityFn()));
|
2017-05-31 22:18:49 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-28 01:02:27 +00:00
|
|
|
/// EmitFunctionBody - This method emits the body and trailer for a
|
|
|
|
/// function.
|
2020-02-13 13:10:49 -08:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitFunctionBody() {
|
|
|
|
emitFunctionHeader();
|
2015-03-17 14:38:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-28 01:58:58 +00:00
|
|
|
// Emit target-specific gunk before the function body.
|
2020-02-13 13:10:49 -08:00
|
|
|
emitFunctionBodyStart();
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-10-16 17:22:07 -04:00
|
|
|
bool ShouldPrintDebugScopes = MMI->hasDebugInfo();
|
|
|
|
|
Remove MachineLoopInfo dependency from AsmPrinter.
Summary:
Currently MachineLoopInfo is used in only two places:
1) for computing IsBasicBlockInsideInnermostLoop field of MCCodePaddingContext, and it is never used.
2) in emitBasicBlockLoopComments, which is called only if `isVerbose()` is true.
Despite that, we currently have a dependency on MachineLoopInfo, which makes
pass manager to compute it and MachineDominator Tree. This patch removes the
use (1) and makes the use (2) lazy, thus avoiding some redundant
recomputations.
Reviewers: opaparo, gadi.haber, rafael, craig.topper, zvi
Subscribers: rengolin, javed.absar, hiraditya, llvm-commits
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D44812
llvm-svn: 329542
2018-04-09 00:54:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if (isVerbose()) {
|
|
|
|
// Get MachineDominatorTree or compute it on the fly if it's unavailable
|
|
|
|
MDT = getAnalysisIfAvailable<MachineDominatorTree>();
|
|
|
|
if (!MDT) {
|
2019-08-15 15:54:37 +00:00
|
|
|
OwnedMDT = std::make_unique<MachineDominatorTree>();
|
Remove MachineLoopInfo dependency from AsmPrinter.
Summary:
Currently MachineLoopInfo is used in only two places:
1) for computing IsBasicBlockInsideInnermostLoop field of MCCodePaddingContext, and it is never used.
2) in emitBasicBlockLoopComments, which is called only if `isVerbose()` is true.
Despite that, we currently have a dependency on MachineLoopInfo, which makes
pass manager to compute it and MachineDominator Tree. This patch removes the
use (1) and makes the use (2) lazy, thus avoiding some redundant
recomputations.
Reviewers: opaparo, gadi.haber, rafael, craig.topper, zvi
Subscribers: rengolin, javed.absar, hiraditya, llvm-commits
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D44812
llvm-svn: 329542
2018-04-09 00:54:47 +00:00
|
|
|
OwnedMDT->getBase().recalculate(*MF);
|
|
|
|
MDT = OwnedMDT.get();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Get MachineLoopInfo or compute it on the fly if it's unavailable
|
|
|
|
MLI = getAnalysisIfAvailable<MachineLoopInfo>();
|
|
|
|
if (!MLI) {
|
2019-08-15 15:54:37 +00:00
|
|
|
OwnedMLI = std::make_unique<MachineLoopInfo>();
|
Remove MachineLoopInfo dependency from AsmPrinter.
Summary:
Currently MachineLoopInfo is used in only two places:
1) for computing IsBasicBlockInsideInnermostLoop field of MCCodePaddingContext, and it is never used.
2) in emitBasicBlockLoopComments, which is called only if `isVerbose()` is true.
Despite that, we currently have a dependency on MachineLoopInfo, which makes
pass manager to compute it and MachineDominator Tree. This patch removes the
use (1) and makes the use (2) lazy, thus avoiding some redundant
recomputations.
Reviewers: opaparo, gadi.haber, rafael, craig.topper, zvi
Subscribers: rengolin, javed.absar, hiraditya, llvm-commits
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D44812
llvm-svn: 329542
2018-04-09 00:54:47 +00:00
|
|
|
OwnedMLI->getBase().analyze(MDT->getBase());
|
|
|
|
MLI = OwnedMLI.get();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-28 01:02:27 +00:00
|
|
|
// Print out code for the function.
|
|
|
|
bool HasAnyRealCode = false;
|
2017-02-24 00:19:22 +00:00
|
|
|
int NumInstsInFunction = 0;
|
2020-03-16 15:56:02 -07:00
|
|
|
|
2014-04-16 22:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
for (auto &MBB : *MF) {
|
2010-01-28 01:02:27 +00:00
|
|
|
// Print a label for the basic block.
|
2020-02-13 13:10:49 -08:00
|
|
|
emitBasicBlockStart(MBB);
|
2014-04-16 22:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
for (auto &MI : MBB) {
|
2010-01-28 01:02:27 +00:00
|
|
|
// Print the assembly for the instruction.
|
2014-04-16 22:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!MI.isPosition() && !MI.isImplicitDef() && !MI.isKill() &&
|
2018-05-09 02:42:00 +00:00
|
|
|
!MI.isDebugInstr()) {
|
2010-01-28 01:02:27 +00:00
|
|
|
HasAnyRealCode = true;
|
2017-02-24 00:19:22 +00:00
|
|
|
++NumInstsInFunction;
|
2010-04-27 19:38:45 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2019-10-28 14:53:32 -07:00
|
|
|
// If there is a pre-instruction symbol, emit a label for it here.
|
[x86/MIR] Implement support for pre- and post-instruction symbols, as
well as MIR parsing support for `MCSymbol` `MachineOperand`s.
The only real way to test pre- and post-instruction symbol support is to
use them in operands, so I ended up implementing that within the patch
as well. I can split out the operand support if folks really want but it
doesn't really seem worth it.
The functional implementation of pre- and post-instruction symbols is
now *completely trivial*. Two tiny bits of code in the (misnamed)
AsmPrinter. It should be completely target independent as well. We emit
these exactly the same way as we emit basic block labels. Most of the
code here is to give full dumping, MIR printing, and MIR parsing support
so that we can write useful tests.
The MIR parsing of MC symbol operands still isn't 100%, as it forces the
symbols to be non-temporary and non-local symbols with names. However,
those names often can encode most (if not all) of the special semantics
desired, and unnamed symbols seem especially annoying to serialize and
de-serialize. While this isn't perfect or full support, it seems plenty
to write tests that exercise usage of these kinds of operands.
The MIR support for pre-and post-instruction symbols was quite
straightforward. I chose to print them out in an as-if-operand syntax
similar to debug locations as this seemed the cleanest way and let me
use nice introducer tokens rather than inventing more magic punctuation
like we use for memoperands.
However, supporting MIR-based parsing of these symbols caused me to
change the design of the symbol support to allow setting arbitrary
symbols. Without this, I don't see any reasonable way to test things
with MIR.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D50833
llvm-svn: 339962
2018-08-16 23:11:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MCSymbol *S = MI.getPreInstrSymbol())
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitLabel(S);
|
[x86/MIR] Implement support for pre- and post-instruction symbols, as
well as MIR parsing support for `MCSymbol` `MachineOperand`s.
The only real way to test pre- and post-instruction symbol support is to
use them in operands, so I ended up implementing that within the patch
as well. I can split out the operand support if folks really want but it
doesn't really seem worth it.
The functional implementation of pre- and post-instruction symbols is
now *completely trivial*. Two tiny bits of code in the (misnamed)
AsmPrinter. It should be completely target independent as well. We emit
these exactly the same way as we emit basic block labels. Most of the
code here is to give full dumping, MIR printing, and MIR parsing support
so that we can write useful tests.
The MIR parsing of MC symbol operands still isn't 100%, as it forces the
symbols to be non-temporary and non-local symbols with names. However,
those names often can encode most (if not all) of the special semantics
desired, and unnamed symbols seem especially annoying to serialize and
de-serialize. While this isn't perfect or full support, it seems plenty
to write tests that exercise usage of these kinds of operands.
The MIR support for pre-and post-instruction symbols was quite
straightforward. I chose to print them out in an as-if-operand syntax
similar to debug locations as this seemed the cleanest way and let me
use nice introducer tokens rather than inventing more magic punctuation
like we use for memoperands.
However, supporting MIR-based parsing of these symbols caused me to
change the design of the symbol support to allow setting arbitrary
symbols. Without this, I don't see any reasonable way to test things
with MIR.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D50833
llvm-svn: 339962
2018-08-16 23:11:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-10-16 17:22:07 -04:00
|
|
|
if (ShouldPrintDebugScopes) {
|
|
|
|
for (const HandlerInfo &HI : Handlers) {
|
|
|
|
NamedRegionTimer T(HI.TimerName, HI.TimerDescription,
|
|
|
|
HI.TimerGroupName, HI.TimerGroupDescription,
|
|
|
|
TimePassesIsEnabled);
|
|
|
|
HI.Handler->beginInstruction(&MI);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-04-07 10:44:46 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2019-02-04 12:51:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if (isVerbose())
|
|
|
|
emitComments(MI, OutStreamer->GetCommentOS());
|
2010-02-10 00:47:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-04-16 22:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (MI.getOpcode()) {
|
2014-03-07 06:08:31 +00:00
|
|
|
case TargetOpcode::CFI_INSTRUCTION:
|
2014-04-16 22:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
emitCFIInstruction(MI);
|
2011-04-15 15:11:06 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
Rename llvm.frameescape and llvm.framerecover to localescape and localrecover
Summary:
Initially, these intrinsics seemed like part of a family of "frame"
related intrinsics, but now I think that's more confusing than helpful.
Initially, the LangRef specified that this would create a new kind of
allocation that would be allocated at a fixed offset from the frame
pointer (EBP/RBP). We ended up dropping that design, and leaving the
stack frame layout alone.
These intrinsics are really about sharing local stack allocations, not
frame pointers. I intend to go further and add an `llvm.localaddress()`
intrinsic that returns whatever register (EBP, ESI, ESP, RBX) is being
used to address locals, which should not be confused with the frame
pointer.
Naming suggestions at this point are welcome, I'm happy to re-run sed.
Reviewers: majnemer, nicholas
Subscribers: llvm-commits
Differential Revision: http://reviews.llvm.org/D11011
llvm-svn: 241633
2015-07-07 22:25:32 +00:00
|
|
|
case TargetOpcode::LOCAL_ESCAPE:
|
2015-01-13 00:48:10 +00:00
|
|
|
emitFrameAlloc(MI);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2019-05-15 21:46:05 +00:00
|
|
|
case TargetOpcode::ANNOTATION_LABEL:
|
2010-02-09 19:54:29 +00:00
|
|
|
case TargetOpcode::EH_LABEL:
|
|
|
|
case TargetOpcode::GC_LABEL:
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitLabel(MI.getOperand(0).getMCSymbol());
|
2010-02-03 01:00:52 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2010-02-09 19:54:29 +00:00
|
|
|
case TargetOpcode::INLINEASM:
|
2019-02-08 20:48:56 +00:00
|
|
|
case TargetOpcode::INLINEASM_BR:
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
emitInlineAsm(&MI);
|
2010-02-03 01:00:52 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2010-04-07 01:15:14 +00:00
|
|
|
case TargetOpcode::DBG_VALUE:
|
|
|
|
if (isVerbose()) {
|
2014-04-16 22:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!emitDebugValueComment(&MI, *this))
|
2020-02-13 21:58:16 -08:00
|
|
|
emitInstruction(&MI);
|
2018-05-09 02:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2020-09-14 09:55:38 +01:00
|
|
|
case TargetOpcode::DBG_INSTR_REF:
|
|
|
|
// This instruction reference will have been resolved to a machine
|
|
|
|
// location, and a nearby DBG_VALUE created. We can safely ignore
|
|
|
|
// the instruction reference.
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2018-05-09 02:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
case TargetOpcode::DBG_LABEL:
|
|
|
|
if (isVerbose()) {
|
|
|
|
if (!emitDebugLabelComment(&MI, *this))
|
2020-02-13 21:58:16 -08:00
|
|
|
emitInstruction(&MI);
|
2010-04-07 01:15:14 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2010-02-09 19:54:29 +00:00
|
|
|
case TargetOpcode::IMPLICIT_DEF:
|
2014-04-16 22:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if (isVerbose()) emitImplicitDef(&MI);
|
2010-02-03 01:00:52 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2010-02-09 19:54:29 +00:00
|
|
|
case TargetOpcode::KILL:
|
2014-04-16 22:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if (isVerbose()) emitKill(&MI, *this);
|
2010-02-03 01:00:52 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
2020-02-13 21:58:16 -08:00
|
|
|
emitInstruction(&MI);
|
2010-02-03 01:00:52 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2019-10-28 14:53:32 -07:00
|
|
|
// If there is a post-instruction symbol, emit a label for it here.
|
[x86/MIR] Implement support for pre- and post-instruction symbols, as
well as MIR parsing support for `MCSymbol` `MachineOperand`s.
The only real way to test pre- and post-instruction symbol support is to
use them in operands, so I ended up implementing that within the patch
as well. I can split out the operand support if folks really want but it
doesn't really seem worth it.
The functional implementation of pre- and post-instruction symbols is
now *completely trivial*. Two tiny bits of code in the (misnamed)
AsmPrinter. It should be completely target independent as well. We emit
these exactly the same way as we emit basic block labels. Most of the
code here is to give full dumping, MIR printing, and MIR parsing support
so that we can write useful tests.
The MIR parsing of MC symbol operands still isn't 100%, as it forces the
symbols to be non-temporary and non-local symbols with names. However,
those names often can encode most (if not all) of the special semantics
desired, and unnamed symbols seem especially annoying to serialize and
de-serialize. While this isn't perfect or full support, it seems plenty
to write tests that exercise usage of these kinds of operands.
The MIR support for pre-and post-instruction symbols was quite
straightforward. I chose to print them out in an as-if-operand syntax
similar to debug locations as this seemed the cleanest way and let me
use nice introducer tokens rather than inventing more magic punctuation
like we use for memoperands.
However, supporting MIR-based parsing of these symbols caused me to
change the design of the symbol support to allow setting arbitrary
symbols. Without this, I don't see any reasonable way to test things
with MIR.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D50833
llvm-svn: 339962
2018-08-16 23:11:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MCSymbol *S = MI.getPostInstrSymbol())
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitLabel(S);
|
[x86/MIR] Implement support for pre- and post-instruction symbols, as
well as MIR parsing support for `MCSymbol` `MachineOperand`s.
The only real way to test pre- and post-instruction symbol support is to
use them in operands, so I ended up implementing that within the patch
as well. I can split out the operand support if folks really want but it
doesn't really seem worth it.
The functional implementation of pre- and post-instruction symbols is
now *completely trivial*. Two tiny bits of code in the (misnamed)
AsmPrinter. It should be completely target independent as well. We emit
these exactly the same way as we emit basic block labels. Most of the
code here is to give full dumping, MIR printing, and MIR parsing support
so that we can write useful tests.
The MIR parsing of MC symbol operands still isn't 100%, as it forces the
symbols to be non-temporary and non-local symbols with names. However,
those names often can encode most (if not all) of the special semantics
desired, and unnamed symbols seem especially annoying to serialize and
de-serialize. While this isn't perfect or full support, it seems plenty
to write tests that exercise usage of these kinds of operands.
The MIR support for pre-and post-instruction symbols was quite
straightforward. I chose to print them out in an as-if-operand syntax
similar to debug locations as this seemed the cleanest way and let me
use nice introducer tokens rather than inventing more magic punctuation
like we use for memoperands.
However, supporting MIR-based parsing of these symbols caused me to
change the design of the symbol support to allow setting arbitrary
symbols. Without this, I don't see any reasonable way to test things
with MIR.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D50833
llvm-svn: 339962
2018-08-16 23:11:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-10-16 17:22:07 -04:00
|
|
|
if (ShouldPrintDebugScopes) {
|
|
|
|
for (const HandlerInfo &HI : Handlers) {
|
|
|
|
NamedRegionTimer T(HI.TimerName, HI.TimerDescription,
|
|
|
|
HI.TimerGroupName, HI.TimerGroupDescription,
|
|
|
|
TimePassesIsEnabled);
|
|
|
|
HI.Handler->endInstruction();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-04-07 10:44:46 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-01-28 01:02:27 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2020-04-13 12:14:42 -07:00
|
|
|
|
2020-08-05 12:31:24 -07:00
|
|
|
// We must emit temporary symbol for the end of this basic block, if either
|
2020-09-14 10:16:44 -07:00
|
|
|
// we have BBLabels enabled or if this basic blocks marks the end of a
|
|
|
|
// section (except the section containing the entry basic block as the end
|
|
|
|
// symbol for that section is CurrentFnEnd).
|
|
|
|
if (MF->hasBBLabels() ||
|
|
|
|
(MAI->hasDotTypeDotSizeDirective() && MBB.isEndSection() &&
|
|
|
|
!MBB.sameSection(&MF->front())))
|
2020-08-05 12:31:24 -07:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitLabel(MBB.getEndSymbol());
|
2020-04-13 12:14:42 -07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (MBB.isEndSection()) {
|
2020-09-14 10:16:44 -07:00
|
|
|
// The size directive for the section containing the entry block is
|
|
|
|
// handled separately by the function section.
|
2020-04-13 12:14:42 -07:00
|
|
|
if (!MBB.sameSection(&MF->front())) {
|
2020-09-14 10:16:44 -07:00
|
|
|
if (MAI->hasDotTypeDotSizeDirective()) {
|
|
|
|
// Emit the size directive for the basic block section.
|
|
|
|
const MCExpr *SizeExp = MCBinaryExpr::createSub(
|
|
|
|
MCSymbolRefExpr::create(MBB.getEndSymbol(), OutContext),
|
|
|
|
MCSymbolRefExpr::create(CurrentSectionBeginSym, OutContext),
|
|
|
|
OutContext);
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitELFSize(CurrentSectionBeginSym, SizeExp);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2020-07-01 23:47:30 -07:00
|
|
|
MBBSectionRanges[MBB.getSectionIDNum()] =
|
2020-08-05 12:31:24 -07:00
|
|
|
MBBSectionRange{CurrentSectionBeginSym, MBB.getEndSymbol()};
|
2020-04-13 12:14:42 -07:00
|
|
|
}
|
2020-03-16 15:56:02 -07:00
|
|
|
}
|
2020-02-13 13:10:49 -08:00
|
|
|
emitBasicBlockEnd(MBB);
|
2010-01-28 01:02:27 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-07-16 22:51:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-02-24 00:19:22 +00:00
|
|
|
EmittedInsts += NumInstsInFunction;
|
|
|
|
MachineOptimizationRemarkAnalysis R(DEBUG_TYPE, "InstructionCount",
|
2017-12-15 22:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
MF->getFunction().getSubprogram(),
|
2017-02-24 00:19:22 +00:00
|
|
|
&MF->front());
|
|
|
|
R << ore::NV("NumInstructions", NumInstsInFunction)
|
|
|
|
<< " instructions in function";
|
|
|
|
ORE->emit(R);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-28 01:02:27 +00:00
|
|
|
// If the function is empty and the object file uses .subsections_via_symbols,
|
2010-01-28 01:28:58 +00:00
|
|
|
// then we need to emit *something* to the function body to prevent the
|
2010-04-26 23:37:21 +00:00
|
|
|
// labels from collapsing together. Just emit a noop.
|
2017-04-21 21:48:41 +00:00
|
|
|
// Similarly, don't emit empty functions on Windows either. It can lead to
|
|
|
|
// duplicate entries (two functions with the same RVA) in the Guard CF Table
|
|
|
|
// after linking, causing the kernel not to load the binary:
|
|
|
|
// https://developercommunity.visualstudio.com/content/problem/45366/vc-linker-creates-invalid-dll-with-clang-cl.html
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: Hide this behind some API in e.g. MCAsmInfo or MCTargetStreamer.
|
|
|
|
const Triple &TT = TM.getTargetTriple();
|
|
|
|
if (!HasAnyRealCode && (MAI->hasSubsectionsViaSymbols() ||
|
|
|
|
(TT.isOSWindows() && TT.isOSBinFormatCOFF()))) {
|
2010-04-26 23:37:21 +00:00
|
|
|
MCInst Noop;
|
2017-04-21 21:48:41 +00:00
|
|
|
MF->getSubtarget().getInstrInfo()->getNoop(Noop);
|
2017-04-25 14:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Targets can opt-out of emitting the noop here by leaving the opcode
|
|
|
|
// unspecified.
|
|
|
|
if (Noop.getOpcode()) {
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->AddComment("avoids zero-length function");
|
Add function attribute "patchable-function-prefix" to support -fpatchable-function-entry=N,M where M>0
Similar to the function attribute `prefix` (prefix data),
"patchable-function-prefix" inserts data (M NOPs) before the function
entry label.
-fpatchable-function-entry=2,1 (1 NOP before entry, 1 NOP after entry)
will look like:
```
.type foo,@function
.Ltmp0: # @foo
nop
foo:
.Lfunc_begin0:
# optional `bti c` (AArch64 Branch Target Identification) or
# `endbr64` (Intel Indirect Branch Tracking)
nop
.section __patchable_function_entries,"awo",@progbits,get,unique,0
.p2align 3
.quad .Ltmp0
```
-fpatchable-function-entry=N,0 + -mbranch-protection=bti/-fcf-protection=branch has two reasonable
placements (https://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2020-01/msg01185.html):
```
(a) (b)
func: func:
.Ltmp0: bti c
bti c .Ltmp0:
nop nop
```
(a) needs no additional code. If the consensus is to go for (b), we will
need more code in AArch64BranchTargets.cpp / X86IndirectBranchTracking.cpp .
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D73070
2020-01-20 14:57:11 -08:00
|
|
|
emitNops(1);
|
2017-04-25 14:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-04-26 23:37:21 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-04-13 12:14:42 -07:00
|
|
|
// Switch to the original section in case basic block sections was used.
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->SwitchSection(MF->getSection());
|
2020-03-16 15:56:02 -07:00
|
|
|
|
2017-12-15 22:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
const Function &F = MF->getFunction();
|
|
|
|
for (const auto &BB : F) {
|
2014-04-16 22:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!BB.hasAddressTaken())
|
2011-11-15 19:08:46 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
2014-04-16 22:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSymbol *Sym = GetBlockAddressSymbol(&BB);
|
2011-11-15 19:08:46 +00:00
|
|
|
if (Sym->isDefined())
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->AddComment("Address of block that was removed by CodeGen");
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitLabel(Sym);
|
2011-11-15 19:08:46 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-28 01:58:58 +00:00
|
|
|
// Emit target-specific gunk after the function body.
|
2020-02-13 13:10:49 -08:00
|
|
|
emitFunctionBodyEnd();
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-06-30 19:10:01 -07:00
|
|
|
if (needFuncLabelsForEHOrDebugInfo(*MF) ||
|
2020-04-13 12:14:42 -07:00
|
|
|
MAI->hasDotTypeDotSizeDirective()) {
|
2015-02-27 18:18:39 +00:00
|
|
|
// Create a symbol for the end of function.
|
2015-03-17 20:07:06 +00:00
|
|
|
CurrentFnEnd = createTempSymbol("func_end");
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitLabel(CurrentFnEnd);
|
2015-02-27 18:18:39 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-03 22:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
// If the target wants a .size directive for the size of the function, emit
|
|
|
|
// it.
|
|
|
|
if (MAI->hasDotTypeDotSizeDirective()) {
|
2015-03-04 01:35:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// We can get the size as difference between the function label and the
|
|
|
|
// temp label.
|
2015-06-14 00:23:33 +00:00
|
|
|
const MCExpr *SizeExp = MCBinaryExpr::createSub(
|
|
|
|
MCSymbolRefExpr::create(CurrentFnEnd, OutContext),
|
|
|
|
MCSymbolRefExpr::create(CurrentFnSymForSize, OutContext), OutContext);
|
2016-12-01 23:39:08 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitELFSize(CurrentFnSym, SizeExp);
|
2010-04-03 22:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-04-16 22:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
for (const HandlerInfo &HI : Handlers) {
|
2016-11-18 19:43:18 +00:00
|
|
|
NamedRegionTimer T(HI.TimerName, HI.TimerDescription, HI.TimerGroupName,
|
|
|
|
HI.TimerGroupDescription, TimePassesIsEnabled);
|
2015-03-09 18:29:12 +00:00
|
|
|
HI.Handler->markFunctionEnd();
|
2010-04-07 10:44:46 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-07-01 23:47:30 -07:00
|
|
|
MBBSectionRanges[MF->front().getSectionIDNum()] =
|
|
|
|
MBBSectionRange{CurrentFnBegin, CurrentFnEnd};
|
2020-03-16 15:56:02 -07:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-28 01:02:27 +00:00
|
|
|
// Print out jump tables referenced by the function.
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
emitJumpTableInfo();
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-03-09 18:29:12 +00:00
|
|
|
// Emit post-function debug and/or EH information.
|
|
|
|
for (const HandlerInfo &HI : Handlers) {
|
2016-11-18 19:43:18 +00:00
|
|
|
NamedRegionTimer T(HI.TimerName, HI.TimerDescription, HI.TimerGroupName,
|
|
|
|
HI.TimerGroupDescription, TimePassesIsEnabled);
|
2015-03-09 18:29:12 +00:00
|
|
|
HI.Handler->endFunction(MF);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-14 10:16:44 -07:00
|
|
|
// Emit section containing BB address offsets and their metadata, when
|
|
|
|
// BB labels are requested for this function.
|
|
|
|
if (MF->hasBBLabels())
|
|
|
|
emitBBAddrMapSection(*MF);
|
|
|
|
|
2017-11-30 13:05:14 +00:00
|
|
|
// Emit section containing stack size metadata.
|
|
|
|
emitStackSizeSection(*MF);
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-03 00:35:47 -08:00
|
|
|
emitPatchableFunctionEntries();
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-23 21:22:16 +00:00
|
|
|
if (isVerbose())
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->GetCommentOS() << "-- End function\n";
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->AddBlankLine();
|
2010-01-28 01:02:27 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-05-01 15:54:18 +00:00
|
|
|
/// Compute the number of Global Variables that uses a Constant.
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
static unsigned getNumGlobalVariableUses(const Constant *C) {
|
|
|
|
if (!C)
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (isa<GlobalVariable>(C))
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned NumUses = 0;
|
|
|
|
for (auto *CU : C->users())
|
|
|
|
NumUses += getNumGlobalVariableUses(dyn_cast<Constant>(CU));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NumUses;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-05-01 15:54:18 +00:00
|
|
|
/// Only consider global GOT equivalents if at least one user is a
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
/// cstexpr inside an initializer of another global variables. Also, don't
|
|
|
|
/// handle cstexpr inside instructions. During global variable emission,
|
|
|
|
/// candidates are skipped and are emitted later in case at least one cstexpr
|
|
|
|
/// isn't replaced by a PC relative GOT entry access.
|
|
|
|
static bool isGOTEquivalentCandidate(const GlobalVariable *GV,
|
|
|
|
unsigned &NumGOTEquivUsers) {
|
|
|
|
// Global GOT equivalents are unnamed private globals with a constant
|
|
|
|
// pointer initializer to another global symbol. They must point to a
|
|
|
|
// GlobalVariable or Function, i.e., as GlobalValue.
|
2016-07-01 06:07:31 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!GV->hasGlobalUnnamedAddr() || !GV->hasInitializer() ||
|
|
|
|
!GV->isConstant() || !GV->isDiscardableIfUnused() ||
|
2019-04-05 16:16:23 +00:00
|
|
|
!isa<GlobalValue>(GV->getOperand(0)))
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// To be a got equivalent, at least one of its users need to be a constant
|
|
|
|
// expression used by another global variable.
|
|
|
|
for (auto *U : GV->users())
|
2015-03-27 01:40:54 +00:00
|
|
|
NumGOTEquivUsers += getNumGlobalVariableUses(dyn_cast<Constant>(U));
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NumGOTEquivUsers > 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-05-01 15:54:18 +00:00
|
|
|
/// Unnamed constant global variables solely contaning a pointer to
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
/// another globals variable is equivalent to a GOT table entry; it contains the
|
|
|
|
/// the address of another symbol. Optimize it and replace accesses to these
|
|
|
|
/// "GOT equivalents" by using the GOT entry for the final global instead.
|
|
|
|
/// Compute GOT equivalent candidates among all global variables to avoid
|
|
|
|
/// emitting them if possible later on, after it use is replaced by a GOT entry
|
|
|
|
/// access.
|
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::computeGlobalGOTEquivs(Module &M) {
|
|
|
|
if (!getObjFileLowering().supportIndirectSymViaGOTPCRel())
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (const auto &G : M.globals()) {
|
|
|
|
unsigned NumGOTEquivUsers = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (!isGOTEquivalentCandidate(&G, NumGOTEquivUsers))
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const MCSymbol *GOTEquivSym = getSymbol(&G);
|
|
|
|
GlobalGOTEquivs[GOTEquivSym] = std::make_pair(&G, NumGOTEquivUsers);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-05-01 15:54:18 +00:00
|
|
|
/// Constant expressions using GOT equivalent globals may not be eligible
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
/// for PC relative GOT entry conversion, in such cases we need to emit such
|
|
|
|
/// globals we previously omitted in EmitGlobalVariable.
|
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitGlobalGOTEquivs() {
|
|
|
|
if (!getObjFileLowering().supportIndirectSymViaGOTPCRel())
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2015-03-10 20:05:23 +00:00
|
|
|
SmallVector<const GlobalVariable *, 8> FailedCandidates;
|
|
|
|
for (auto &I : GlobalGOTEquivs) {
|
|
|
|
const GlobalVariable *GV = I.second.first;
|
|
|
|
unsigned Cnt = I.second.second;
|
|
|
|
if (Cnt)
|
|
|
|
FailedCandidates.push_back(GV);
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-03-10 20:05:23 +00:00
|
|
|
GlobalGOTEquivs.clear();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (auto *GV : FailedCandidates)
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
emitGlobalVariable(GV);
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-04-05 08:47:51 +00:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitGlobalIndirectSymbol(Module &M,
|
|
|
|
const GlobalIndirectSymbol& GIS) {
|
|
|
|
MCSymbol *Name = getSymbol(&GIS);
|
2019-07-11 13:13:02 +00:00
|
|
|
bool IsFunction = GIS.getValueType()->isFunctionTy();
|
2019-02-04 23:07:34 +00:00
|
|
|
// Treat bitcasts of functions as functions also. This is important at least
|
|
|
|
// on WebAssembly where object and function addresses can't alias each other.
|
|
|
|
if (!IsFunction)
|
|
|
|
if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(GIS.getIndirectSymbol()))
|
|
|
|
if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::BitCast)
|
|
|
|
IsFunction =
|
|
|
|
CE->getOperand(0)->getType()->getPointerElementType()->isFunctionTy();
|
|
|
|
|
2020-07-17 18:40:02 +00:00
|
|
|
// AIX's assembly directive `.set` is not usable for aliasing purpose,
|
|
|
|
// so AIX has to use the extra-label-at-definition strategy. At this
|
|
|
|
// point, all the extra label is emitted, we just have to emit linkage for
|
|
|
|
// those labels.
|
|
|
|
if (TM.getTargetTriple().isOSBinFormatXCOFF()) {
|
|
|
|
assert(!isa<GlobalIFunc>(GIS) && "IFunc is not supported on AIX.");
|
|
|
|
assert(MAI->hasVisibilityOnlyWithLinkage() &&
|
|
|
|
"Visibility should be handled with emitLinkage() on AIX.");
|
|
|
|
emitLinkage(&GIS, Name);
|
|
|
|
// If it's a function, also emit linkage for aliases of function entry
|
|
|
|
// point.
|
|
|
|
if (IsFunction)
|
|
|
|
emitLinkage(&GIS,
|
|
|
|
getObjFileLowering().getFunctionEntryPointSymbol(&GIS, TM));
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GIS.hasExternalLinkage() || !MAI->getWeakRefDirective())
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolAttribute(Name, MCSA_Global);
|
|
|
|
else if (GIS.hasWeakLinkage() || GIS.hasLinkOnceLinkage())
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolAttribute(Name, MCSA_WeakReference);
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
assert(GIS.hasLocalLinkage() && "Invalid alias or ifunc linkage");
|
|
|
|
|
2016-04-05 08:47:51 +00:00
|
|
|
// Set the symbol type to function if the alias has a function type.
|
|
|
|
// This affects codegen when the aliasee is not a function.
|
2019-08-14 10:30:27 +00:00
|
|
|
if (IsFunction)
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolAttribute(Name, isa<GlobalIFunc>(GIS)
|
2019-08-14 10:30:27 +00:00
|
|
|
? MCSA_ELF_TypeIndFunction
|
|
|
|
: MCSA_ELF_TypeFunction);
|
2016-04-05 08:47:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-02-13 13:26:21 -08:00
|
|
|
emitVisibility(Name, GIS.getVisibility());
|
2016-04-05 08:47:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const MCExpr *Expr = lowerConstant(GIS.getIndirectSymbol());
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (isa<GlobalAlias>(&GIS) && MAI->hasAltEntry() && isa<MCBinaryExpr>(Expr))
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolAttribute(Name, MCSA_AltEntry);
|
2016-04-05 08:47:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Emit the directives as assignments aka .set:
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitAssignment(Name, Expr);
|
2020-02-11 16:07:06 -08:00
|
|
|
MCSymbol *LocalAlias = getSymbolPreferLocal(GIS);
|
|
|
|
if (LocalAlias != Name)
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitAssignment(LocalAlias, Expr);
|
2016-04-05 08:47:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (auto *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(&GIS)) {
|
|
|
|
// If the aliasee does not correspond to a symbol in the output, i.e. the
|
|
|
|
// alias is not of an object or the aliased object is private, then set the
|
|
|
|
// size of the alias symbol from the type of the alias. We don't do this in
|
|
|
|
// other situations as the alias and aliasee having differing types but same
|
|
|
|
// size may be intentional.
|
|
|
|
const GlobalObject *BaseObject = GA->getBaseObject();
|
|
|
|
if (MAI->hasDotTypeDotSizeDirective() && GA->getValueType()->isSized() &&
|
|
|
|
(!BaseObject || BaseObject->hasPrivateLinkage())) {
|
|
|
|
const DataLayout &DL = M.getDataLayout();
|
|
|
|
uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeAllocSize(GA->getValueType());
|
2016-12-01 23:39:08 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitELFSize(Name, MCConstantExpr::create(Size, OutContext));
|
2016-04-05 08:47:51 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2019-10-28 14:53:31 -07:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitRemarksSection(remarks::RemarkStreamer &RS) {
|
2019-10-28 11:10:07 -07:00
|
|
|
if (!RS.needsSection())
|
2019-03-27 01:13:59 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2019-10-28 11:10:07 -07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
remarks::RemarkSerializer &RemarkSerializer = RS.getSerializer();
|
2019-07-26 01:33:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2019-09-18 01:04:45 +00:00
|
|
|
Optional<SmallString<128>> Filename;
|
2019-10-28 11:10:07 -07:00
|
|
|
if (Optional<StringRef> FilenameRef = RS.getFilename()) {
|
2019-09-18 01:04:45 +00:00
|
|
|
Filename = *FilenameRef;
|
|
|
|
sys::fs::make_absolute(*Filename);
|
|
|
|
assert(!Filename->empty() && "The filename can't be empty.");
|
|
|
|
}
|
2019-07-26 01:33:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
std::string Buf;
|
|
|
|
raw_string_ostream OS(Buf);
|
|
|
|
std::unique_ptr<remarks::MetaSerializer> MetaSerializer =
|
2019-09-18 01:04:45 +00:00
|
|
|
Filename ? RemarkSerializer.metaSerializer(OS, StringRef(*Filename))
|
|
|
|
: RemarkSerializer.metaSerializer(OS);
|
2019-07-26 01:33:30 +00:00
|
|
|
MetaSerializer->emit();
|
2019-03-27 01:13:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2019-10-28 11:14:48 -07:00
|
|
|
// Switch to the remarks section.
|
2019-03-27 01:13:59 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSection *RemarksSection =
|
|
|
|
OutContext.getObjectFileInfo()->getRemarksSection();
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->SwitchSection(RemarksSection);
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitBinaryData(OS.str());
|
2019-03-27 01:13:59 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-16 23:15:22 +00:00
|
|
|
bool AsmPrinter::doFinalization(Module &M) {
|
2015-03-20 16:03:39 +00:00
|
|
|
// Set the MachineFunction to nullptr so that we can catch attempted
|
|
|
|
// accesses to MF specific features at the module level and so that
|
|
|
|
// we can conditionalize accesses based on whether or not it is nullptr.
|
|
|
|
MF = nullptr;
|
|
|
|
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
// Gather all GOT equivalent globals in the module. We really need two
|
|
|
|
// passes over the globals: one to compute and another to avoid its emission
|
|
|
|
// in EmitGlobalVariable, otherwise we would not be able to handle cases
|
|
|
|
// where the got equivalent shows up before its use.
|
|
|
|
computeGlobalGOTEquivs(M);
|
|
|
|
|
2009-07-21 18:38:57 +00:00
|
|
|
// Emit global variables.
|
2014-04-16 22:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
for (const auto &G : M.globals())
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
emitGlobalVariable(&G);
|
2011-01-28 03:20:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
// Emit remaining GOT equivalent globals.
|
|
|
|
emitGlobalGOTEquivs();
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-27 17:52:21 +00:00
|
|
|
const TargetLoweringObjectFile &TLOF = getObjFileLowering();
|
|
|
|
|
2020-04-30 09:53:41 -04:00
|
|
|
// Emit linkage(XCOFF) and visibility info for declarations
|
2014-04-16 22:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
for (const Function &F : M) {
|
2015-07-13 13:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!F.isDeclarationForLinker())
|
2011-01-28 03:20:10 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
2020-04-30 09:53:41 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MCSymbol *Name = getSymbol(&F);
|
|
|
|
// Function getSymbol gives us the function descriptor symbol for XCOFF.
|
|
|
|
|
[AIX] supporting the visibility attribute for aix assembly
SUMMARY:
in the aix assembly , it do not have .hidden and .protected directive.
in current llvm. if a function or a variable which has visibility attribute, it will generate something like the .hidden or .protected , it can not recognize by aix as.
in aix assembly, the visibility attribute are support in the pseudo-op like
.extern Name [ , Visibility ]
.globl Name [, Visibility ]
.weak Name [, Visibility ]
in this patch, we implement the visibility attribute for the global variable, function or extern function .
for example.
extern __attribute__ ((visibility ("hidden"))) int
bar(int* ip);
__attribute__ ((visibility ("hidden"))) int b = 0;
__attribute__ ((visibility ("hidden"))) int
foo(int* ip){
return (*ip)++;
}
the visibility of .comm linkage do not support , we will have a separate patch for it.
we have the unsupported cases ("default" and "internal") , we will implement them in a a separate patch for it.
Reviewers: Jason Liu ,hubert.reinterpretcast,James Henderson
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D75866
2020-06-09 16:15:06 -04:00
|
|
|
if (!TM.getTargetTriple().isOSBinFormatXCOFF()) {
|
|
|
|
GlobalValue::VisibilityTypes V = F.getVisibility();
|
|
|
|
if (V == GlobalValue::DefaultVisibility)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
2020-04-30 09:53:41 -04:00
|
|
|
|
[AIX] supporting the visibility attribute for aix assembly
SUMMARY:
in the aix assembly , it do not have .hidden and .protected directive.
in current llvm. if a function or a variable which has visibility attribute, it will generate something like the .hidden or .protected , it can not recognize by aix as.
in aix assembly, the visibility attribute are support in the pseudo-op like
.extern Name [ , Visibility ]
.globl Name [, Visibility ]
.weak Name [, Visibility ]
in this patch, we implement the visibility attribute for the global variable, function or extern function .
for example.
extern __attribute__ ((visibility ("hidden"))) int
bar(int* ip);
__attribute__ ((visibility ("hidden"))) int b = 0;
__attribute__ ((visibility ("hidden"))) int
foo(int* ip){
return (*ip)++;
}
the visibility of .comm linkage do not support , we will have a separate patch for it.
we have the unsupported cases ("default" and "internal") , we will implement them in a a separate patch for it.
Reviewers: Jason Liu ,hubert.reinterpretcast,James Henderson
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D75866
2020-06-09 16:15:06 -04:00
|
|
|
emitVisibility(Name, V, false);
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
2020-04-30 09:53:41 -04:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
[AIX] supporting the visibility attribute for aix assembly
SUMMARY:
in the aix assembly , it do not have .hidden and .protected directive.
in current llvm. if a function or a variable which has visibility attribute, it will generate something like the .hidden or .protected , it can not recognize by aix as.
in aix assembly, the visibility attribute are support in the pseudo-op like
.extern Name [ , Visibility ]
.globl Name [, Visibility ]
.weak Name [, Visibility ]
in this patch, we implement the visibility attribute for the global variable, function or extern function .
for example.
extern __attribute__ ((visibility ("hidden"))) int
bar(int* ip);
__attribute__ ((visibility ("hidden"))) int b = 0;
__attribute__ ((visibility ("hidden"))) int
foo(int* ip){
return (*ip)++;
}
the visibility of .comm linkage do not support , we will have a separate patch for it.
we have the unsupported cases ("default" and "internal") , we will implement them in a a separate patch for it.
Reviewers: Jason Liu ,hubert.reinterpretcast,James Henderson
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D75866
2020-06-09 16:15:06 -04:00
|
|
|
if (F.isIntrinsic())
|
2011-01-28 03:20:10 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
[AIX] supporting the visibility attribute for aix assembly
SUMMARY:
in the aix assembly , it do not have .hidden and .protected directive.
in current llvm. if a function or a variable which has visibility attribute, it will generate something like the .hidden or .protected , it can not recognize by aix as.
in aix assembly, the visibility attribute are support in the pseudo-op like
.extern Name [ , Visibility ]
.globl Name [, Visibility ]
.weak Name [, Visibility ]
in this patch, we implement the visibility attribute for the global variable, function or extern function .
for example.
extern __attribute__ ((visibility ("hidden"))) int
bar(int* ip);
__attribute__ ((visibility ("hidden"))) int b = 0;
__attribute__ ((visibility ("hidden"))) int
foo(int* ip){
return (*ip)++;
}
the visibility of .comm linkage do not support , we will have a separate patch for it.
we have the unsupported cases ("default" and "internal") , we will implement them in a a separate patch for it.
Reviewers: Jason Liu ,hubert.reinterpretcast,James Henderson
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D75866
2020-06-09 16:15:06 -04:00
|
|
|
// Handle the XCOFF case.
|
|
|
|
// Variable `Name` is the function descriptor symbol (see above). Get the
|
|
|
|
// function entry point symbol.
|
|
|
|
MCSymbol *FnEntryPointSym = TLOF.getFunctionEntryPointSymbol(&F, TM);
|
2020-08-11 15:26:19 -04:00
|
|
|
// Emit linkage for the function entry point.
|
|
|
|
emitLinkage(&F, FnEntryPointSym);
|
[AIX] supporting the visibility attribute for aix assembly
SUMMARY:
in the aix assembly , it do not have .hidden and .protected directive.
in current llvm. if a function or a variable which has visibility attribute, it will generate something like the .hidden or .protected , it can not recognize by aix as.
in aix assembly, the visibility attribute are support in the pseudo-op like
.extern Name [ , Visibility ]
.globl Name [, Visibility ]
.weak Name [, Visibility ]
in this patch, we implement the visibility attribute for the global variable, function or extern function .
for example.
extern __attribute__ ((visibility ("hidden"))) int
bar(int* ip);
__attribute__ ((visibility ("hidden"))) int b = 0;
__attribute__ ((visibility ("hidden"))) int
foo(int* ip){
return (*ip)++;
}
the visibility of .comm linkage do not support , we will have a separate patch for it.
we have the unsupported cases ("default" and "internal") , we will implement them in a a separate patch for it.
Reviewers: Jason Liu ,hubert.reinterpretcast,James Henderson
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D75866
2020-06-09 16:15:06 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Emit linkage for the function descriptor.
|
|
|
|
emitLinkage(&F, Name);
|
2011-01-28 03:20:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-27 01:13:59 +00:00
|
|
|
// Emit the remarks section contents.
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: Figure out when is the safest time to emit this section. It should
|
|
|
|
// not come after debug info.
|
2019-10-28 14:53:31 -07:00
|
|
|
if (remarks::RemarkStreamer *RS = M.getContext().getMainRemarkStreamer())
|
2019-10-28 11:10:07 -07:00
|
|
|
emitRemarksSection(*RS);
|
2019-03-27 01:13:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-04-20 19:07:57 +00:00
|
|
|
TLOF.emitModuleMetadata(*OutStreamer, M);
|
2015-04-07 13:42:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-06-16 13:15:50 +00:00
|
|
|
if (TM.getTargetTriple().isOSBinFormatELF()) {
|
2015-04-07 13:42:44 +00:00
|
|
|
MachineModuleInfoELF &MMIELF = MMI->getObjFileInfo<MachineModuleInfoELF>();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Output stubs for external and common global variables.
|
|
|
|
MachineModuleInfoELF::SymbolListTy Stubs = MMIELF.GetGVStubList();
|
|
|
|
if (!Stubs.empty()) {
|
2015-11-18 06:02:15 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->SwitchSection(TLOF.getDataSection());
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
const DataLayout &DL = M.getDataLayout();
|
2015-04-07 13:42:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
emitAlignment(Align(DL.getPointerSize()));
|
2015-04-07 13:42:44 +00:00
|
|
|
for (const auto &Stub : Stubs) {
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitLabel(Stub.first);
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolValue(Stub.second.getPointer(),
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
DL.getPointerSize());
|
2015-04-07 13:42:44 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2012-02-14 21:28:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
[MinGW] [X86] Add stubs for references to data variables that might end up imported from a dll
Variables declared with the dllimport attribute are accessed via a
stub variable named __imp_<var>. In MinGW configurations, variables that
aren't declared with a dllimport attribute might still end up imported
from another DLL with runtime pseudo relocs.
For x86_64, this avoids the risk that the target is out of range
for a 32 bit PC relative reference, in case the target DLL is loaded
further than 4 GB from the reference. It also avoids having to make the
text section writable at runtime when doing the runtime fixups, which
makes it worthwhile to do for i386 as well.
Add stub variables for all dso local data references where a definition
of the variable isn't visible within the module, since the DLL data
autoimporting might make them imported even though they are marked as
dso local within LLVM.
Don't do this for variables that actually are defined within the same
module, since we then know for sure that it actually is dso local.
Don't do this for references to functions, since there's no need for
runtime pseudo relocations for autoimporting them; if a function from
a different DLL is called without the appropriate dllimport attribute,
the call just gets routed via a thunk instead.
GCC does something similar since 4.9 (when compiling with -mcmodel=medium
or large; from that version, medium is the default code model for x86_64
mingw), but only for x86_64.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D51288
llvm-svn: 340942
2018-08-29 17:28:34 +00:00
|
|
|
if (TM.getTargetTriple().isOSBinFormatCOFF()) {
|
|
|
|
MachineModuleInfoCOFF &MMICOFF =
|
|
|
|
MMI->getObjFileInfo<MachineModuleInfoCOFF>();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Output stubs for external and common global variables.
|
|
|
|
MachineModuleInfoCOFF::SymbolListTy Stubs = MMICOFF.GetGVStubList();
|
|
|
|
if (!Stubs.empty()) {
|
|
|
|
const DataLayout &DL = M.getDataLayout();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (const auto &Stub : Stubs) {
|
|
|
|
SmallString<256> SectionName = StringRef(".rdata$");
|
|
|
|
SectionName += Stub.first->getName();
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->SwitchSection(OutContext.getCOFFSection(
|
|
|
|
SectionName,
|
|
|
|
COFF::IMAGE_SCN_CNT_INITIALIZED_DATA | COFF::IMAGE_SCN_MEM_READ |
|
|
|
|
COFF::IMAGE_SCN_LNK_COMDAT,
|
|
|
|
SectionKind::getReadOnly(), Stub.first->getName(),
|
|
|
|
COFF::IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_ANY));
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
emitAlignment(Align(DL.getPointerSize()));
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolAttribute(Stub.first, MCSA_Global);
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitLabel(Stub.first);
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolValue(Stub.second.getPointer(),
|
[MinGW] [X86] Add stubs for references to data variables that might end up imported from a dll
Variables declared with the dllimport attribute are accessed via a
stub variable named __imp_<var>. In MinGW configurations, variables that
aren't declared with a dllimport attribute might still end up imported
from another DLL with runtime pseudo relocs.
For x86_64, this avoids the risk that the target is out of range
for a 32 bit PC relative reference, in case the target DLL is loaded
further than 4 GB from the reference. It also avoids having to make the
text section writable at runtime when doing the runtime fixups, which
makes it worthwhile to do for i386 as well.
Add stub variables for all dso local data references where a definition
of the variable isn't visible within the module, since the DLL data
autoimporting might make them imported even though they are marked as
dso local within LLVM.
Don't do this for variables that actually are defined within the same
module, since we then know for sure that it actually is dso local.
Don't do this for references to functions, since there's no need for
runtime pseudo relocations for autoimporting them; if a function from
a different DLL is called without the appropriate dllimport attribute,
the call just gets routed via a thunk instead.
GCC does something similar since 4.9 (when compiling with -mcmodel=medium
or large; from that version, medium is the default code model for x86_64
mingw), but only for x86_64.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D51288
llvm-svn: 340942
2018-08-29 17:28:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DL.getPointerSize());
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-05 05:11:15 +00:00
|
|
|
// Finalize debug and EH information.
|
2014-04-16 22:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
for (const HandlerInfo &HI : Handlers) {
|
2016-11-18 19:43:18 +00:00
|
|
|
NamedRegionTimer T(HI.TimerName, HI.TimerDescription, HI.TimerGroupName,
|
|
|
|
HI.TimerGroupDescription, TimePassesIsEnabled);
|
2014-04-16 22:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
HI.Handler->endModule();
|
2010-04-05 05:11:15 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2020-10-16 17:22:07 -04:00
|
|
|
Handlers.clear();
|
2014-04-24 06:44:33 +00:00
|
|
|
DD = nullptr;
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-06-24 18:52:01 +00:00
|
|
|
// If the target wants to know about weak references, print them all.
|
2009-08-22 21:43:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MAI->getWeakRefDirective()) {
|
2009-06-24 18:52:01 +00:00
|
|
|
// FIXME: This is not lazy, it would be nice to only print weak references
|
|
|
|
// to stuff that is actually used. Note that doing so would require targets
|
|
|
|
// to notice uses in operands (due to constant exprs etc). This should
|
|
|
|
// happen with the MC stuff eventually.
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-22 20:29:42 +00:00
|
|
|
// Print out module-level global objects here.
|
|
|
|
for (const auto &GO : M.global_objects()) {
|
|
|
|
if (!GO.hasExternalWeakLinkage())
|
2014-04-16 22:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolAttribute(getSymbol(&GO), MCSA_WeakReference);
|
2009-06-24 18:52:01 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2006-12-18 03:37:18 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-03-31 22:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
// Print aliases in topological order, that is, for each alias a = b,
|
|
|
|
// b must be printed before a.
|
|
|
|
// This is because on some targets (e.g. PowerPC) linker expects aliases in
|
|
|
|
// such an order to generate correct TOC information.
|
|
|
|
SmallVector<const GlobalAlias *, 16> AliasStack;
|
|
|
|
SmallPtrSet<const GlobalAlias *, 16> AliasVisited;
|
|
|
|
for (const auto &Alias : M.aliases()) {
|
|
|
|
for (const GlobalAlias *Cur = &Alias; Cur;
|
|
|
|
Cur = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(Cur->getAliasee())) {
|
|
|
|
if (!AliasVisited.insert(Cur).second)
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
AliasStack.push_back(Cur);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-02-14 00:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
for (const GlobalAlias *AncestorAlias : llvm::reverse(AliasStack))
|
2016-04-05 08:47:51 +00:00
|
|
|
emitGlobalIndirectSymbol(M, *AncestorAlias);
|
2016-03-31 22:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
AliasStack.clear();
|
2007-04-25 14:27:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-04-07 12:32:19 +00:00
|
|
|
for (const auto &IFunc : M.ifuncs())
|
|
|
|
emitGlobalIndirectSymbol(M, IFunc);
|
2007-04-25 14:27:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-01-28 13:14:17 +00:00
|
|
|
GCModuleInfo *MI = getAnalysisIfAvailable<GCModuleInfo>();
|
2008-08-17 18:44:35 +00:00
|
|
|
assert(MI && "AsmPrinter didn't require GCModuleInfo?");
|
|
|
|
for (GCModuleInfo::iterator I = MI->end(), E = MI->begin(); I != E; )
|
2014-04-15 05:34:49 +00:00
|
|
|
if (GCMetadataPrinter *MP = GetOrCreateGCPrinter(**--I))
|
2014-12-11 01:47:23 +00:00
|
|
|
MP->finishAssembly(M, *MI, *this);
|
2008-01-07 01:30:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-10-16 01:49:05 +00:00
|
|
|
// Emit llvm.ident metadata in an '.ident' directive.
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
emitModuleIdents(M);
|
2013-10-16 01:49:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-12-14 15:38:15 +00:00
|
|
|
// Emit bytes for llvm.commandline metadata.
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
emitModuleCommandLines(M);
|
2018-12-14 15:38:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-12-30 20:05:19 +00:00
|
|
|
// Emit __morestack address if needed for indirect calls.
|
|
|
|
if (MMI->usesMorestackAddr()) {
|
2020-05-21 15:23:00 -07:00
|
|
|
Align Alignment(1);
|
2015-07-16 06:04:17 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSection *ReadOnlySection = getObjFileLowering().getSectionForConstant(
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
getDataLayout(), SectionKind::getReadOnly(),
|
2020-05-21 15:23:00 -07:00
|
|
|
/*C=*/nullptr, Alignment);
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->SwitchSection(ReadOnlySection);
|
2014-12-30 20:05:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MCSymbol *AddrSymbol =
|
2015-05-18 18:43:14 +00:00
|
|
|
OutContext.getOrCreateSymbol(StringRef("__morestack_addr"));
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitLabel(AddrSymbol);
|
2014-12-30 20:05:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-04-17 17:41:25 +00:00
|
|
|
unsigned PtrSize = MAI->getCodePointerSize();
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolValue(GetExternalSymbolSymbol("__morestack"),
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
PtrSize);
|
2014-12-30 20:05:19 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2017-09-27 19:34:00 +00:00
|
|
|
// Emit .note.GNU-split-stack and .note.GNU-no-split-stack sections if
|
|
|
|
// split-stack is used.
|
|
|
|
if (TM.getTargetTriple().isOSBinFormatELF() && MMI->hasSplitStack()) {
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->SwitchSection(
|
|
|
|
OutContext.getELFSection(".note.GNU-split-stack", ELF::SHT_PROGBITS, 0));
|
|
|
|
if (MMI->hasNosplitStack())
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->SwitchSection(
|
|
|
|
OutContext.getELFSection(".note.GNU-no-split-stack", ELF::SHT_PROGBITS, 0));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-05 00:28:39 +00:00
|
|
|
// If we don't have any trampolines, then we don't require stack memory
|
|
|
|
// to be executable. Some targets have a directive to declare this.
|
2009-06-24 18:52:01 +00:00
|
|
|
Function *InitTrampolineIntrinsic = M.getFunction("llvm.init.trampoline");
|
2008-05-05 00:28:39 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!InitTrampolineIntrinsic || InitTrampolineIntrinsic->use_empty())
|
2015-05-21 19:20:38 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MCSection *S = MAI->getNonexecutableStackSection(OutContext))
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->SwitchSection(S);
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-07-17 22:40:08 +00:00
|
|
|
if (TM.Options.EmitAddrsig) {
|
|
|
|
// Emit address-significance attributes for all globals.
|
2020-02-15 08:52:56 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitAddrsig();
|
2018-07-17 22:40:08 +00:00
|
|
|
for (const GlobalValue &GV : M.global_values())
|
2018-08-24 20:37:09 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!GV.use_empty() && !GV.isThreadLocal() &&
|
|
|
|
!GV.hasDLLImportStorageClass() && !GV.getName().startswith("llvm.") &&
|
2018-07-18 00:21:40 +00:00
|
|
|
!GV.hasAtLeastLocalUnnamedAddr())
|
2020-02-15 08:52:56 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitAddrsigSym(getSymbol(&GV));
|
2018-07-17 22:40:08 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2019-05-29 03:29:01 +00:00
|
|
|
// Emit symbol partition specifications (ELF only).
|
|
|
|
if (TM.getTargetTriple().isOSBinFormatELF()) {
|
|
|
|
unsigned UniqueID = 0;
|
|
|
|
for (const GlobalValue &GV : M.global_values()) {
|
|
|
|
if (!GV.hasPartition() || GV.isDeclarationForLinker() ||
|
|
|
|
GV.getVisibility() != GlobalValue::DefaultVisibility)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-14 20:15:55 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->SwitchSection(
|
|
|
|
OutContext.getELFSection(".llvm_sympart", ELF::SHT_LLVM_SYMPART, 0, 0,
|
|
|
|
"", ++UniqueID, nullptr));
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitBytes(GV.getPartition());
|
2020-02-15 08:52:56 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitZeros(1);
|
2020-02-14 22:40:47 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitValue(
|
2019-05-29 03:29:01 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSymbolRefExpr::create(getSymbol(&GV), OutContext),
|
|
|
|
MAI->getCodePointerSize());
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-09-18 20:17:03 +00:00
|
|
|
// Allow the target to emit any magic that it wants at the end of the file,
|
|
|
|
// after everything else has gone out.
|
2020-02-13 13:10:49 -08:00
|
|
|
emitEndOfAsmFile(M);
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-04-24 06:44:33 +00:00
|
|
|
MMI = nullptr;
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->Finish();
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->reset();
|
Remove MachineLoopInfo dependency from AsmPrinter.
Summary:
Currently MachineLoopInfo is used in only two places:
1) for computing IsBasicBlockInsideInnermostLoop field of MCCodePaddingContext, and it is never used.
2) in emitBasicBlockLoopComments, which is called only if `isVerbose()` is true.
Despite that, we currently have a dependency on MachineLoopInfo, which makes
pass manager to compute it and MachineDominator Tree. This patch removes the
use (1) and makes the use (2) lazy, thus avoiding some redundant
recomputations.
Reviewers: opaparo, gadi.haber, rafael, craig.topper, zvi
Subscribers: rengolin, javed.absar, hiraditya, llvm-commits
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D44812
llvm-svn: 329542
2018-04-09 00:54:47 +00:00
|
|
|
OwnedMLI.reset();
|
|
|
|
OwnedMDT.reset();
|
2012-12-12 22:59:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-08-16 23:15:22 +00:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Exception support for basic block sections
This is part of the Propeller framework to do post link code layout optimizations. Please see the RFC here: https://groups.google.com/forum/#!msg/llvm-dev/ef3mKzAdJ7U/1shV64BYBAAJ and the detailed RFC doc here: https://github.com/google/llvm-propeller/blob/plo-dev/Propeller_RFC.pdf
This patch provides exception support for basic block sections by splitting the call-site table into call-site ranges corresponding to different basic block sections. Still all landing pads must reside in the same basic block section (which is guaranteed by the the core basic block section patch D73674 (ExceptionSection) ). Each call-site table will refer to the landing pad fragment by explicitly specifying @LPstart (which is omitted in the normal non-basic-block section case). All these call-site tables will share their action and type tables.
The C++ ABI somehow assumes that no landing pads point directly to LPStart (which works in the normal case since the function begin is never a landing pad), and uses LP.offset = 0 to specify no landing pad. In the case of basic block section where one section contains all the landing pads, the landing pad offset relative to LPStart could actually be zero. Thus, we avoid zero-offset landing pads by inserting a **nop** operation as the first non-CFI instruction in the exception section.
**Background on Exception Handling in C++ ABI**
https://github.com/itanium-cxx-abi/cxx-abi/blob/master/exceptions.pdf
Compiler emits an exception table for every function. When an exception is thrown, the stack unwinding library queries the unwind table (which includes the start and end of each function) to locate the exception table for that function.
The exception table includes a call site table for the function, which is used to guide the exception handling runtime to take the appropriate action upon an exception. Each call site record in this table is structured as follows:
| CallSite | --> Position of the call site (relative to the function entry)
| CallSite length | --> Length of the call site.
| Landing Pad | --> Position of the landing pad (relative to the landing pad fragment’s begin label)
| Action record offset | --> Position of the first action record
The call site records partition a function into different pieces and describe what action must be taken for each callsite. The callsite fields are relative to the start of the function (as captured in the unwind table).
The landing pad entry is a reference into the function and corresponds roughly to the catch block of a try/catch statement. When execution resumes at a landing pad, it receives an exception structure and a selector value corresponding to the type of the exception thrown, and executes similar to a switch-case statement. The landing pad field is relative to the beginning of the procedure fragment which includes all the landing pads (@LPStart). The C++ ABI requires all landing pads to be in the same fragment. Nonetheless, without basic block sections, @LPStart is the same as the function @Start (found in the unwind table) and can be omitted.
The action record offset is an index into the action table which includes information about which exception types are caught.
**C++ Exceptions with Basic Block Sections**
Basic block sections break the contiguity of a function fragment. Therefore, call sites must be specified relative to the beginning of the basic block section. Furthermore, the unwinding library should be able to find the corresponding callsites for each section. To do so, the .cfi_lsda directive for a section must point to the range of call-sites for that section.
This patch introduces a new **CallSiteRange** structure which specifies the range of call-sites which correspond to every section:
`struct CallSiteRange {
// Symbol marking the beginning of the precedure fragment.
MCSymbol *FragmentBeginLabel = nullptr;
// Symbol marking the end of the procedure fragment.
MCSymbol *FragmentEndLabel = nullptr;
// LSDA symbol for this call-site range.
MCSymbol *ExceptionLabel = nullptr;
// Index of the first call-site entry in the call-site table which
// belongs to this range.
size_t CallSiteBeginIdx = 0;
// Index just after the last call-site entry in the call-site table which
// belongs to this range.
size_t CallSiteEndIdx = 0;
// Whether this is the call-site range containing all the landing pads.
bool IsLPRange = false;
};`
With N basic-block-sections, the call-site table is partitioned into N call-site ranges.
Conceptually, we emit the call-site ranges for sections sequentially in the exception table as if each section has its own exception table. In the example below, two sections result in the two call site ranges (denoted by LSDA1 and LSDA2) placed next to each other. However, their call-sites will refer to records in the shared Action Table. We also emit the header fields (@LPStart and CallSite Table Length) for each call site range in order to place the call site ranges in separate LSDAs. We note that with -basic-block-sections, The CallSiteTableLength will not actually represent the length of the call site table, but rather the reference to the action table. Since the only purpose of this field is to locate the action table, correctness is guaranteed.
Finally, every call site range has one @LPStart pointer so the landing pads of each section must all reside in one section (not necessarily the same section). To make this easier, we decide to place all landing pads of the function in one section (hence the `IsLPRange` field in CallSiteRange).
| @LPStart | ---> Landing pad fragment ( LSDA1 points here)
| CallSite Table Length | ---> Used to find the action table.
| CallSites |
| … |
| … |
| @LPStart | ---> Landing pad fragment ( LSDA2 points here)
| CallSite Table Length |
| CallSites |
| … |
| … |
…
…
| Action Table |
| Types Table |
Reviewed By: MaskRay
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D73739
2020-09-30 10:37:00 -07:00
|
|
|
MCSymbol *AsmPrinter::getMBBExceptionSym(const MachineBasicBlock &MBB) {
|
|
|
|
auto Res = MBBSectionExceptionSyms.try_emplace(MBB.getSectionIDNum());
|
|
|
|
if (Res.second)
|
|
|
|
Res.first->second = createTempSymbol("exception");
|
|
|
|
return Res.first->second;
|
2015-03-17 13:57:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2005-11-21 07:51:36 +00:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::SetupMachineFunction(MachineFunction &MF) {
|
2010-01-26 04:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
this->MF = &MF;
|
2020-01-03 00:35:47 -08:00
|
|
|
const Function &F = MF.getFunction();
|
2019-09-26 19:38:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-16 01:24:10 +00:00
|
|
|
// Get the function symbol.
|
2020-02-14 11:15:26 -05:00
|
|
|
if (!MAI->needsFunctionDescriptors()) {
|
|
|
|
CurrentFnSym = getSymbol(&MF.getFunction());
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
assert(TM.getTargetTriple().isOSAIX() &&
|
|
|
|
"Only AIX uses the function descriptor hooks.");
|
2020-01-30 14:12:43 -05:00
|
|
|
// AIX is unique here in that the name of the symbol emitted for the
|
|
|
|
// function body does not have the same name as the source function's
|
|
|
|
// C-linkage name.
|
2019-09-26 19:38:32 +00:00
|
|
|
assert(CurrentFnDescSym && "The function descriptor symbol needs to be"
|
2020-02-14 11:15:26 -05:00
|
|
|
" initalized first.");
|
2019-09-26 19:38:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Get the function entry point symbol.
|
2020-05-27 17:52:21 +00:00
|
|
|
CurrentFnSym = getObjFileLowering().getFunctionEntryPointSymbol(&F, TM);
|
2019-09-26 19:38:32 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-02-22 21:11:47 +00:00
|
|
|
CurrentFnSymForSize = CurrentFnSym;
|
2015-03-05 19:47:50 +00:00
|
|
|
CurrentFnBegin = nullptr;
|
2020-04-13 12:14:42 -07:00
|
|
|
CurrentSectionBeginSym = nullptr;
|
2020-07-01 23:47:30 -07:00
|
|
|
MBBSectionRanges.clear();
|
Exception support for basic block sections
This is part of the Propeller framework to do post link code layout optimizations. Please see the RFC here: https://groups.google.com/forum/#!msg/llvm-dev/ef3mKzAdJ7U/1shV64BYBAAJ and the detailed RFC doc here: https://github.com/google/llvm-propeller/blob/plo-dev/Propeller_RFC.pdf
This patch provides exception support for basic block sections by splitting the call-site table into call-site ranges corresponding to different basic block sections. Still all landing pads must reside in the same basic block section (which is guaranteed by the the core basic block section patch D73674 (ExceptionSection) ). Each call-site table will refer to the landing pad fragment by explicitly specifying @LPstart (which is omitted in the normal non-basic-block section case). All these call-site tables will share their action and type tables.
The C++ ABI somehow assumes that no landing pads point directly to LPStart (which works in the normal case since the function begin is never a landing pad), and uses LP.offset = 0 to specify no landing pad. In the case of basic block section where one section contains all the landing pads, the landing pad offset relative to LPStart could actually be zero. Thus, we avoid zero-offset landing pads by inserting a **nop** operation as the first non-CFI instruction in the exception section.
**Background on Exception Handling in C++ ABI**
https://github.com/itanium-cxx-abi/cxx-abi/blob/master/exceptions.pdf
Compiler emits an exception table for every function. When an exception is thrown, the stack unwinding library queries the unwind table (which includes the start and end of each function) to locate the exception table for that function.
The exception table includes a call site table for the function, which is used to guide the exception handling runtime to take the appropriate action upon an exception. Each call site record in this table is structured as follows:
| CallSite | --> Position of the call site (relative to the function entry)
| CallSite length | --> Length of the call site.
| Landing Pad | --> Position of the landing pad (relative to the landing pad fragment’s begin label)
| Action record offset | --> Position of the first action record
The call site records partition a function into different pieces and describe what action must be taken for each callsite. The callsite fields are relative to the start of the function (as captured in the unwind table).
The landing pad entry is a reference into the function and corresponds roughly to the catch block of a try/catch statement. When execution resumes at a landing pad, it receives an exception structure and a selector value corresponding to the type of the exception thrown, and executes similar to a switch-case statement. The landing pad field is relative to the beginning of the procedure fragment which includes all the landing pads (@LPStart). The C++ ABI requires all landing pads to be in the same fragment. Nonetheless, without basic block sections, @LPStart is the same as the function @Start (found in the unwind table) and can be omitted.
The action record offset is an index into the action table which includes information about which exception types are caught.
**C++ Exceptions with Basic Block Sections**
Basic block sections break the contiguity of a function fragment. Therefore, call sites must be specified relative to the beginning of the basic block section. Furthermore, the unwinding library should be able to find the corresponding callsites for each section. To do so, the .cfi_lsda directive for a section must point to the range of call-sites for that section.
This patch introduces a new **CallSiteRange** structure which specifies the range of call-sites which correspond to every section:
`struct CallSiteRange {
// Symbol marking the beginning of the precedure fragment.
MCSymbol *FragmentBeginLabel = nullptr;
// Symbol marking the end of the procedure fragment.
MCSymbol *FragmentEndLabel = nullptr;
// LSDA symbol for this call-site range.
MCSymbol *ExceptionLabel = nullptr;
// Index of the first call-site entry in the call-site table which
// belongs to this range.
size_t CallSiteBeginIdx = 0;
// Index just after the last call-site entry in the call-site table which
// belongs to this range.
size_t CallSiteEndIdx = 0;
// Whether this is the call-site range containing all the landing pads.
bool IsLPRange = false;
};`
With N basic-block-sections, the call-site table is partitioned into N call-site ranges.
Conceptually, we emit the call-site ranges for sections sequentially in the exception table as if each section has its own exception table. In the example below, two sections result in the two call site ranges (denoted by LSDA1 and LSDA2) placed next to each other. However, their call-sites will refer to records in the shared Action Table. We also emit the header fields (@LPStart and CallSite Table Length) for each call site range in order to place the call site ranges in separate LSDAs. We note that with -basic-block-sections, The CallSiteTableLength will not actually represent the length of the call site table, but rather the reference to the action table. Since the only purpose of this field is to locate the action table, correctness is guaranteed.
Finally, every call site range has one @LPStart pointer so the landing pads of each section must all reside in one section (not necessarily the same section). To make this easier, we decide to place all landing pads of the function in one section (hence the `IsLPRange` field in CallSiteRange).
| @LPStart | ---> Landing pad fragment ( LSDA1 points here)
| CallSite Table Length | ---> Used to find the action table.
| CallSites |
| … |
| … |
| @LPStart | ---> Landing pad fragment ( LSDA2 points here)
| CallSite Table Length |
| CallSites |
| … |
| … |
…
…
| Action Table |
| Types Table |
Reviewed By: MaskRay
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D73739
2020-09-30 10:37:00 -07:00
|
|
|
MBBSectionExceptionSyms.clear();
|
2015-03-05 19:47:50 +00:00
|
|
|
bool NeedsLocalForSize = MAI->needsLocalForSize();
|
2020-01-03 00:35:47 -08:00
|
|
|
if (F.hasFnAttribute("patchable-function-entry") ||
|
2020-04-24 13:39:02 -07:00
|
|
|
F.hasFnAttribute("function-instrument") ||
|
|
|
|
F.hasFnAttribute("xray-instruction-threshold") ||
|
2020-06-30 19:10:01 -07:00
|
|
|
needFuncLabelsForEHOrDebugInfo(MF) || NeedsLocalForSize ||
|
2020-09-14 10:16:44 -07:00
|
|
|
MF.getTarget().Options.EmitStackSizeSection || MF.hasBBLabels()) {
|
2015-03-17 20:07:06 +00:00
|
|
|
CurrentFnBegin = createTempSymbol("func_begin");
|
2015-03-05 19:47:50 +00:00
|
|
|
if (NeedsLocalForSize)
|
|
|
|
CurrentFnSymForSize = CurrentFnBegin;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-08-10 16:38:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-02-24 00:19:22 +00:00
|
|
|
ORE = &getAnalysis<MachineOptimizationRemarkEmitterPass>().getORE();
|
2004-08-16 23:15:22 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-13 07:51:59 +00:00
|
|
|
namespace {
|
2017-02-14 00:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-05-21 19:20:38 +00:00
|
|
|
// Keep track the alignment, constpool entries per Section.
|
2009-03-13 07:51:59 +00:00
|
|
|
struct SectionCPs {
|
2015-05-21 19:20:38 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSection *S;
|
2020-05-21 15:23:00 -07:00
|
|
|
Align Alignment;
|
2009-03-13 07:51:59 +00:00
|
|
|
SmallVector<unsigned, 4> CPEs;
|
2017-02-14 00:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-05-21 15:23:00 -07:00
|
|
|
SectionCPs(MCSection *s, Align a) : S(s), Alignment(a) {}
|
2009-03-13 07:51:59 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
2017-02-14 00:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} // end anonymous namespace
|
2009-03-13 07:51:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-11-21 08:25:09 +00:00
|
|
|
/// EmitConstantPool - Print to the current output stream assembly
|
|
|
|
/// representations of the constants in the constant pool MCP. This is
|
|
|
|
/// used to print out constants which have been "spilled to memory" by
|
|
|
|
/// the code generator.
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitConstantPool() {
|
2010-01-28 00:19:24 +00:00
|
|
|
const MachineConstantPool *MCP = MF->getConstantPool();
|
2006-02-09 04:22:52 +00:00
|
|
|
const std::vector<MachineConstantPoolEntry> &CP = MCP->getConstants();
|
2005-11-21 08:25:09 +00:00
|
|
|
if (CP.empty()) return;
|
2006-06-29 00:26:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-09-24 22:17:59 +00:00
|
|
|
// Calculate sections for constant pool entries. We collect entries to go into
|
|
|
|
// the same section together to reduce amount of section switch statements.
|
2009-03-13 07:51:59 +00:00
|
|
|
SmallVector<SectionCPs, 4> CPSections;
|
2006-06-29 00:26:09 +00:00
|
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = CP.size(); i != e; ++i) {
|
2009-07-22 00:28:43 +00:00
|
|
|
const MachineConstantPoolEntry &CPE = CP[i];
|
2020-05-21 15:23:00 -07:00
|
|
|
Align Alignment = CPE.getAlign();
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
SectionKind Kind = CPE.getSectionKind(&getDataLayout());
|
2009-07-26 06:26:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-07-14 22:57:27 +00:00
|
|
|
const Constant *C = nullptr;
|
|
|
|
if (!CPE.isMachineConstantPoolEntry())
|
|
|
|
C = CPE.Val.ConstVal;
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-21 15:23:00 -07:00
|
|
|
MCSection *S = getObjFileLowering().getSectionForConstant(
|
|
|
|
getDataLayout(), Kind, C, Alignment);
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-13 07:51:59 +00:00
|
|
|
// The number of sections are small, just do a linear search from the
|
|
|
|
// last section to the first.
|
|
|
|
bool Found = false;
|
|
|
|
unsigned SecIdx = CPSections.size();
|
|
|
|
while (SecIdx != 0) {
|
|
|
|
if (CPSections[--SecIdx].S == S) {
|
|
|
|
Found = true;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!Found) {
|
|
|
|
SecIdx = CPSections.size();
|
2020-05-21 15:23:00 -07:00
|
|
|
CPSections.push_back(SectionCPs(S, Alignment));
|
2009-03-13 07:51:59 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-21 15:23:00 -07:00
|
|
|
if (Alignment > CPSections[SecIdx].Alignment)
|
|
|
|
CPSections[SecIdx].Alignment = Alignment;
|
2009-03-13 07:51:59 +00:00
|
|
|
CPSections[SecIdx].CPEs.push_back(i);
|
2006-06-29 00:26:09 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-09-24 22:17:59 +00:00
|
|
|
// Now print stuff into the calculated sections.
|
2014-07-14 22:57:27 +00:00
|
|
|
const MCSection *CurSection = nullptr;
|
|
|
|
unsigned Offset = 0;
|
2009-03-13 07:51:59 +00:00
|
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = CPSections.size(); i != e; ++i) {
|
|
|
|
for (unsigned j = 0, ee = CPSections[i].CPEs.size(); j != ee; ++j) {
|
|
|
|
unsigned CPI = CPSections[i].CPEs[j];
|
2014-07-14 22:57:27 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSymbol *Sym = GetCPISymbol(CPI);
|
|
|
|
if (!Sym->isUndefined())
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (CurSection != CPSections[i].S) {
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->SwitchSection(CPSections[i].S);
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
emitAlignment(Align(CPSections[i].Alignment));
|
2014-07-14 22:57:27 +00:00
|
|
|
CurSection = CPSections[i].S;
|
|
|
|
Offset = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-13 07:51:59 +00:00
|
|
|
MachineConstantPoolEntry CPE = CP[CPI];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Emit inter-object padding for alignment.
|
2020-05-12 09:43:24 -07:00
|
|
|
unsigned NewOffset = alignTo(Offset, CPE.getAlign());
|
2020-02-15 08:52:56 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitZeros(NewOffset - Offset);
|
2009-03-13 07:51:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-07-18 04:54:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Type *Ty = CPE.getType();
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
Offset = NewOffset + getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(Ty);
|
2010-01-23 05:19:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitLabel(Sym);
|
2009-03-13 07:51:59 +00:00
|
|
|
if (CPE.isMachineConstantPoolEntry())
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
emitMachineConstantPoolValue(CPE.Val.MachineCPVal);
|
2008-09-24 22:17:59 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
emitGlobalConstant(getDataLayout(), CPE.Val.ConstVal);
|
2006-02-09 04:46:04 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2005-11-21 08:25:09 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
// Print assembly representations of the jump tables used by the current
|
|
|
|
// function.
|
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitJumpTableInfo() {
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
const DataLayout &DL = MF->getDataLayout();
|
2010-01-28 01:02:27 +00:00
|
|
|
const MachineJumpTableInfo *MJTI = MF->getJumpTableInfo();
|
2014-04-24 06:44:33 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!MJTI) return;
|
2010-03-11 14:58:16 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MJTI->getEntryKind() == MachineJumpTableInfo::EK_Inline) return;
|
2006-04-22 18:53:45 +00:00
|
|
|
const std::vector<MachineJumpTableEntry> &JT = MJTI->getJumpTables();
|
|
|
|
if (JT.empty()) return;
|
2007-11-14 09:18:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
// Pick the directive to use to print the jump table entries, and switch to
|
2006-07-27 01:13:04 +00:00
|
|
|
// the appropriate section.
|
2017-12-15 22:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
const Function &F = MF->getFunction();
|
2015-02-12 17:16:46 +00:00
|
|
|
const TargetLoweringObjectFile &TLOF = getObjFileLowering();
|
2015-02-17 23:34:51 +00:00
|
|
|
bool JTInDiffSection = !TLOF.shouldPutJumpTableInFunctionSection(
|
|
|
|
MJTI->getEntryKind() == MachineJumpTableInfo::EK_LabelDifference32,
|
2017-12-15 22:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
F);
|
2015-03-09 18:29:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if (JTInDiffSection) {
|
|
|
|
// Drop it in the readonly section.
|
2017-12-15 22:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSection *ReadOnlySection = TLOF.getSectionForJumpTable(F, TM);
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->SwitchSection(ReadOnlySection);
|
2006-07-27 01:13:04 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-01-25 23:26:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
emitAlignment(Align(MJTI->getEntryAlignment(DL)));
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-09-24 23:06:27 +00:00
|
|
|
// Jump tables in code sections are marked with a data_region directive
|
|
|
|
// where that's supported.
|
|
|
|
if (!JTInDiffSection)
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitDataRegion(MCDR_DataRegionJT32);
|
2012-09-24 23:06:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-26 06:42:44 +00:00
|
|
|
for (unsigned JTI = 0, e = JT.size(); JTI != e; ++JTI) {
|
|
|
|
const std::vector<MachineBasicBlock*> &JTBBs = JT[JTI].MBBs;
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If this jump table was deleted, ignore it.
|
2006-10-28 18:10:06 +00:00
|
|
|
if (JTBBs.empty()) continue;
|
2006-08-12 21:29:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-10-21 01:17:30 +00:00
|
|
|
// For the EK_LabelDifference32 entry, if using .set avoids a relocation,
|
|
|
|
/// emit a .set directive for each unique entry.
|
2010-01-26 05:15:20 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MJTI->getEntryKind() == MachineJumpTableInfo::EK_LabelDifference32 &&
|
2016-06-18 23:25:37 +00:00
|
|
|
MAI->doesSetDirectiveSuppressReloc()) {
|
2010-01-26 06:42:44 +00:00
|
|
|
SmallPtrSet<const MachineBasicBlock*, 16> EmittedSets;
|
2015-02-19 18:46:23 +00:00
|
|
|
const TargetLowering *TLI = MF->getSubtarget().getTargetLowering();
|
2010-01-28 01:02:27 +00:00
|
|
|
const MCExpr *Base = TLI->getPICJumpTableRelocBaseExpr(MF,JTI,OutContext);
|
2010-01-26 06:42:44 +00:00
|
|
|
for (unsigned ii = 0, ee = JTBBs.size(); ii != ee; ++ii) {
|
|
|
|
const MachineBasicBlock *MBB = JTBBs[ii];
|
2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!EmittedSets.insert(MBB).second)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-26 21:53:08 +00:00
|
|
|
// .set LJTSet, LBB32-base
|
|
|
|
const MCExpr *LHS =
|
2015-05-30 01:25:56 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSymbolRefExpr::create(MBB->getSymbol(), OutContext);
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitAssignment(GetJTSetSymbol(JTI, MBB->getNumber()),
|
2015-05-30 01:25:56 +00:00
|
|
|
MCBinaryExpr::createSub(LHS, Base,
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
OutContext));
|
2010-01-26 06:42:44 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-02-15 09:23:02 +00:00
|
|
|
// On some targets (e.g. Darwin) we want to emit two consecutive labels
|
2007-01-18 01:12:56 +00:00
|
|
|
// before each jump table. The first label is never referenced, but tells
|
|
|
|
// the assembler and linker the extents of the jump table object. The
|
|
|
|
// second label is actually referenced by the code.
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (JTInDiffSection && DL.hasLinkerPrivateGlobalPrefix())
|
2010-01-26 05:58:28 +00:00
|
|
|
// FIXME: This doesn't have to have any specific name, just any randomly
|
2019-11-14 09:52:32 -05:00
|
|
|
// named and numbered local label started with 'l' would work. Simplify
|
|
|
|
// GetJTISymbol.
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitLabel(GetJTISymbol(JTI, true));
|
2010-01-23 05:19:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-14 09:52:32 -05:00
|
|
|
MCSymbol* JTISymbol = GetJTISymbol(JTI);
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitLabel(JTISymbol);
|
2010-01-23 05:19:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-26 05:10:10 +00:00
|
|
|
for (unsigned ii = 0, ee = JTBBs.size(); ii != ee; ++ii)
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
emitJumpTableEntry(MJTI, JTBBs[ii], JTI);
|
2006-04-22 18:53:45 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-09-24 23:06:27 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!JTInDiffSection)
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitDataRegion(MCDR_DataRegionEnd);
|
2006-04-22 18:53:45 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-26 05:10:10 +00:00
|
|
|
/// EmitJumpTableEntry - Emit a jump table entry for the specified MBB to the
|
|
|
|
/// current stream.
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitJumpTableEntry(const MachineJumpTableInfo *MJTI,
|
2010-01-26 05:10:10 +00:00
|
|
|
const MachineBasicBlock *MBB,
|
|
|
|
unsigned UID) const {
|
2011-02-09 21:52:06 +00:00
|
|
|
assert(MBB && MBB->getNumber() >= 0 && "Invalid basic block");
|
2014-04-24 06:44:33 +00:00
|
|
|
const MCExpr *Value = nullptr;
|
2010-01-26 03:43:22 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (MJTI->getEntryKind()) {
|
2010-03-11 14:58:16 +00:00
|
|
|
case MachineJumpTableInfo::EK_Inline:
|
2012-01-20 21:51:11 +00:00
|
|
|
llvm_unreachable("Cannot emit EK_Inline jump table entry");
|
2010-01-26 04:05:28 +00:00
|
|
|
case MachineJumpTableInfo::EK_Custom32:
|
2015-02-19 18:46:23 +00:00
|
|
|
Value = MF->getSubtarget().getTargetLowering()->LowerCustomJumpTableEntry(
|
|
|
|
MJTI, MBB, UID, OutContext);
|
2010-01-26 04:05:28 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2010-01-26 03:43:22 +00:00
|
|
|
case MachineJumpTableInfo::EK_BlockAddress:
|
|
|
|
// EK_BlockAddress - Each entry is a plain address of block, e.g.:
|
|
|
|
// .word LBB123
|
2015-05-30 01:25:56 +00:00
|
|
|
Value = MCSymbolRefExpr::create(MBB->getSymbol(), OutContext);
|
2010-01-26 03:43:22 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case MachineJumpTableInfo::EK_GPRel32BlockAddress: {
|
|
|
|
// EK_GPRel32BlockAddress - Each entry is an address of block, encoded
|
|
|
|
// with a relocation as gp-relative, e.g.:
|
|
|
|
// .gprel32 LBB123
|
2010-03-13 21:04:28 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSymbol *MBBSym = MBB->getSymbol();
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitGPRel32Value(MCSymbolRefExpr::create(MBBSym, OutContext));
|
2010-01-25 21:10:10 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2007-11-14 09:18:41 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-01-26 04:05:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-02-03 04:33:00 +00:00
|
|
|
case MachineJumpTableInfo::EK_GPRel64BlockAddress: {
|
|
|
|
// EK_GPRel64BlockAddress - Each entry is an address of block, encoded
|
|
|
|
// with a relocation as gp-relative, e.g.:
|
|
|
|
// .gpdword LBB123
|
|
|
|
MCSymbol *MBBSym = MBB->getSymbol();
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitGPRel64Value(MCSymbolRefExpr::create(MBBSym, OutContext));
|
2012-02-03 04:33:00 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-26 03:43:22 +00:00
|
|
|
case MachineJumpTableInfo::EK_LabelDifference32: {
|
2014-10-21 01:17:30 +00:00
|
|
|
// Each entry is the address of the block minus the address of the jump
|
|
|
|
// table. This is used for PIC jump tables where gprel32 is not supported.
|
|
|
|
// e.g.:
|
2010-01-26 03:43:22 +00:00
|
|
|
// .word LBB123 - LJTI1_2
|
2014-10-21 01:17:30 +00:00
|
|
|
// If the .set directive avoids relocations, this is emitted as:
|
2010-01-26 03:43:22 +00:00
|
|
|
// .set L4_5_set_123, LBB123 - LJTI1_2
|
|
|
|
// .word L4_5_set_123
|
2016-06-18 23:25:37 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MAI->doesSetDirectiveSuppressReloc()) {
|
2015-05-30 01:25:56 +00:00
|
|
|
Value = MCSymbolRefExpr::create(GetJTSetSymbol(UID, MBB->getNumber()),
|
2010-01-26 03:43:22 +00:00
|
|
|
OutContext);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-05-30 01:25:56 +00:00
|
|
|
Value = MCSymbolRefExpr::create(MBB->getSymbol(), OutContext);
|
2015-02-20 07:16:19 +00:00
|
|
|
const TargetLowering *TLI = MF->getSubtarget().getTargetLowering();
|
2014-11-06 14:39:49 +00:00
|
|
|
const MCExpr *Base = TLI->getPICJumpTableRelocBaseExpr(MF, UID, OutContext);
|
2015-05-30 01:25:56 +00:00
|
|
|
Value = MCBinaryExpr::createSub(Value, Base, OutContext);
|
2010-01-26 03:43:22 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-11-14 09:18:41 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-26 03:43:22 +00:00
|
|
|
assert(Value && "Unknown entry kind!");
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
unsigned EntrySize = MJTI->getEntrySize(getDataLayout());
|
2020-02-14 22:40:47 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitValue(Value, EntrySize);
|
2007-11-14 09:18:41 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2005-12-13 06:32:10 +00:00
|
|
|
/// EmitSpecialLLVMGlobal - Check to see if the specified global is a
|
|
|
|
/// special global used by LLVM. If so, emit it and return true, otherwise
|
|
|
|
/// do nothing and return false.
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
bool AsmPrinter::emitSpecialLLVMGlobal(const GlobalVariable *GV) {
|
2009-07-25 23:55:21 +00:00
|
|
|
if (GV->getName() == "llvm.used") {
|
2010-01-23 05:51:36 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MAI->hasNoDeadStrip()) // No need to emit this at all.
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
emitLLVMUsedList(cast<ConstantArray>(GV->getInitializer()));
|
2007-08-22 19:33:11 +00:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-07-20 06:14:25 +00:00
|
|
|
// Ignore debug and non-emitted data. This handles llvm.compiler.used.
|
2016-05-11 18:21:59 +00:00
|
|
|
if (GV->getSection() == "llvm.metadata" ||
|
2009-04-13 05:44:34 +00:00
|
|
|
GV->hasAvailableExternallyLinkage())
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2006-03-07 22:00:35 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!GV->hasAppendingLinkage()) return false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(GV->hasInitializer() && "Not a special LLVM global!");
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-09 05:52:15 +00:00
|
|
|
if (GV->getName() == "llvm.global_ctors") {
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
emitXXStructorList(GV->getParent()->getDataLayout(), GV->getInitializer(),
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
/* isCtor */ true);
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-09 08:18:48 +00:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-09 05:52:15 +00:00
|
|
|
if (GV->getName() == "llvm.global_dtors") {
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
emitXXStructorList(GV->getParent()->getDataLayout(), GV->getInitializer(),
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
/* isCtor */ false);
|
2010-01-19 04:34:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-09 08:18:48 +00:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
2005-12-13 06:32:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-05-16 21:14:24 +00:00
|
|
|
report_fatal_error("unknown special variable");
|
2005-12-13 06:32:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-08-22 21:43:10 +00:00
|
|
|
/// EmitLLVMUsedList - For targets that define a MAI::UsedDirective, mark each
|
2019-02-07 00:11:43 +00:00
|
|
|
/// global in the specified llvm.used list.
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitLLVMUsedList(const ConstantArray *InitList) {
|
2009-06-14 23:30:43 +00:00
|
|
|
// Should be an array of 'i8*'.
|
2006-09-26 03:38:18 +00:00
|
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = InitList->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
|
2009-07-17 22:00:23 +00:00
|
|
|
const GlobalValue *GV =
|
|
|
|
dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(InitList->getOperand(i)->stripPointerCasts());
|
2014-03-06 22:47:08 +00:00
|
|
|
if (GV)
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolAttribute(getSymbol(GV), MCSA_NoDeadStrip);
|
2006-09-26 03:38:18 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2020-07-15 16:12:22 -04:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::preprocessXXStructorList(const DataLayout &DL,
|
|
|
|
const Constant *List,
|
|
|
|
SmallVector<Structor, 8> &Structors) {
|
|
|
|
// Should be an array of '{ i32, void ()*, i8* }' structs. The first value is
|
|
|
|
// the init priority.
|
|
|
|
if (!isa<ConstantArray>(List))
|
|
|
|
return;
|
2011-08-28 13:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Gather the structors in a form that's convenient for sorting by priority.
|
2020-03-21 23:01:46 -07:00
|
|
|
for (Value *O : cast<ConstantArray>(List)->operands()) {
|
|
|
|
auto *CS = cast<ConstantStruct>(O);
|
2011-08-28 13:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
if (CS->getOperand(1)->isNullValue())
|
2020-07-15 16:12:22 -04:00
|
|
|
break; // Found a null terminator, skip the rest.
|
2011-08-28 13:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
ConstantInt *Priority = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CS->getOperand(0));
|
2020-07-15 16:12:22 -04:00
|
|
|
if (!Priority)
|
|
|
|
continue; // Malformed.
|
2014-05-16 20:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
Structors.push_back(Structor());
|
|
|
|
Structor &S = Structors.back();
|
|
|
|
S.Priority = Priority->getLimitedValue(65535);
|
|
|
|
S.Func = CS->getOperand(1);
|
2020-07-15 16:12:22 -04:00
|
|
|
if (!CS->getOperand(2)->isNullValue()) {
|
|
|
|
if (TM.getTargetTriple().isOSAIX())
|
|
|
|
llvm::report_fatal_error(
|
|
|
|
"associated data of XXStructor list is not yet supported on AIX");
|
2016-07-01 06:07:31 +00:00
|
|
|
S.ComdatKey =
|
|
|
|
dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(CS->getOperand(2)->stripPointerCasts());
|
2020-07-15 16:12:22 -04:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-08-28 13:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-25 22:24:19 +00:00
|
|
|
// Emit the function pointers in the target-specific order
|
2019-04-23 14:51:27 +00:00
|
|
|
llvm::stable_sort(Structors, [](const Structor &L, const Structor &R) {
|
|
|
|
return L.Priority < R.Priority;
|
|
|
|
});
|
2020-07-15 16:12:22 -04:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// EmitXXStructorList - Emit the ctor or dtor list taking into account the init
|
|
|
|
/// priority.
|
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitXXStructorList(const DataLayout &DL, const Constant *List,
|
|
|
|
bool IsCtor) {
|
|
|
|
SmallVector<Structor, 8> Structors;
|
|
|
|
preprocessXXStructorList(DL, List, Structors);
|
|
|
|
if (Structors.empty())
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2019-09-27 12:54:21 +00:00
|
|
|
const Align Align = DL.getPointerPrefAlignment();
|
2014-05-16 20:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
for (Structor &S : Structors) {
|
|
|
|
const TargetLoweringObjectFile &Obj = getObjFileLowering();
|
|
|
|
const MCSymbol *KeySym = nullptr;
|
2014-06-04 21:04:54 +00:00
|
|
|
if (GlobalValue *GV = S.ComdatKey) {
|
2017-01-18 16:58:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (GV->isDeclarationForLinker())
|
|
|
|
// If the associated variable is not defined in this module
|
|
|
|
// (it might be available_externally, or have been an
|
|
|
|
// available_externally definition that was dropped by the
|
|
|
|
// EliminateAvailableExternally pass), some other TU
|
2014-06-04 21:04:54 +00:00
|
|
|
// will provide its dynamic initializer.
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KeySym = getSymbol(GV);
|
2014-05-16 20:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2020-07-15 16:12:22 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2015-05-21 19:20:38 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSection *OutputSection =
|
2020-07-15 16:12:22 -04:00
|
|
|
(IsCtor ? Obj.getStaticCtorSection(S.Priority, KeySym)
|
2014-06-06 19:26:12 +00:00
|
|
|
: Obj.getStaticDtorSection(S.Priority, KeySym));
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->SwitchSection(OutputSection);
|
|
|
|
if (OutStreamer->getCurrentSection() != OutStreamer->getPreviousSection())
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
emitAlignment(Align);
|
|
|
|
emitXXStructor(DL, S.Func);
|
2012-01-25 22:24:19 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2005-12-13 06:32:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2005-11-21 08:25:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitModuleIdents(Module &M) {
|
2013-10-16 01:49:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!MAI->hasIdentDirective())
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (const NamedMDNode *NMD = M.getNamedMetadata("llvm.ident")) {
|
|
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = NMD->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
|
2014-11-11 21:30:22 +00:00
|
|
|
const MDNode *N = NMD->getOperand(i);
|
2014-02-11 21:23:02 +00:00
|
|
|
assert(N->getNumOperands() == 1 &&
|
2013-10-16 01:49:05 +00:00
|
|
|
"llvm.ident metadata entry can have only one operand");
|
|
|
|
const MDString *S = cast<MDString>(N->getOperand(0));
|
2020-02-15 08:52:56 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitIdent(S->getString());
|
2013-10-16 01:49:05 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitModuleCommandLines(Module &M) {
|
2018-12-14 15:38:15 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSection *CommandLine = getObjFileLowering().getSectionForCommandLines();
|
|
|
|
if (!CommandLine)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const NamedMDNode *NMD = M.getNamedMetadata("llvm.commandline");
|
|
|
|
if (!NMD || !NMD->getNumOperands())
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->PushSection();
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->SwitchSection(CommandLine);
|
2020-02-15 08:52:56 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitZeros(1);
|
2018-12-14 15:38:15 +00:00
|
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = NMD->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
|
|
|
|
const MDNode *N = NMD->getOperand(i);
|
|
|
|
assert(N->getNumOperands() == 1 &&
|
|
|
|
"llvm.commandline metadata entry can have only one operand");
|
|
|
|
const MDString *S = cast<MDString>(N->getOperand(0));
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitBytes(S->getString());
|
2020-02-15 08:52:56 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitZeros(1);
|
2018-12-14 15:38:15 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->PopSection();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-01-25 15:12:02 +00:00
|
|
|
//===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
|
|
|
// Emission and print routines
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
2018-03-29 23:32:54 +00:00
|
|
|
/// Emit a byte directive and value.
|
2007-01-25 15:12:02 +00:00
|
|
|
///
|
2020-02-29 08:25:22 -08:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitInt8(int Value) const { OutStreamer->emitInt8(Value); }
|
2007-01-25 15:12:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-03-29 23:32:54 +00:00
|
|
|
/// Emit a short directive and value.
|
2020-02-29 08:25:22 -08:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitInt16(int Value) const { OutStreamer->emitInt16(Value); }
|
2007-01-25 15:12:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-03-29 23:32:54 +00:00
|
|
|
/// Emit a long directive and value.
|
2020-02-29 08:25:22 -08:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitInt32(int Value) const { OutStreamer->emitInt32(Value); }
|
2007-01-25 15:12:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
[DWARF] Rework debug line parsing to use llvm::Error and callbacks
Reviewed by: dblaikie, JDevlieghere, espindola
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D44560
Summary:
The .debug_line parser previously reported errors by printing to stderr and
return false. This is not particularly helpful for clients of the library code,
as it prevents them from handling the errors in a manner based on the calling
context. This change switches to using llvm::Error and callbacks to indicate
what problems were detected during parsing, and has updated clients to handle
the errors in a location-specific manner. In general, this means that they
continue to do the same thing to external users. Below, I have outlined what
the known behaviour changes are, relating to this change.
There are two levels of "errors" in the new error mechanism, to broadly
distinguish between different fail states of the parser, since not every
failure will prevent parsing of the unit, or of subsequent unit. Malformed
table errors that prevent reading the remainder of the table (reported by
returning them) and other minor issues representing problems with parsing that
do not prevent attempting to continue reading the table (reported by calling a
specified callback funciton). The only example of this currently is when the
last sequence of a unit is unterminated. However, I think it would be good to
change the handling of unrecognised opcodes to report as minor issues as well,
rather than just printing to the stream if --verbose is used (this would be a
subsequent change however).
I have substantially extended the DwarfGenerator to be able to handle
custom-crafted .debug_line sections, allowing for comprehensive unit-testing
of the parser code. For now, I am just adding unit tests to cover the basic
error reporting, and positive cases, and do not currently intend to test every
part of the parser, although the framework should be sufficient to do so at a
later point.
Known behaviour changes:
- The dump function in DWARFContext now does not attempt to read subsequent
tables when searching for a specific offset, if the unit length field of a
table before the specified offset is a reserved value.
- getOrParseLineTable now returns a useful Error if an invalid offset is
encountered, rather than simply a nullptr.
- The parse functions no longer use `WithColor::warning` directly to report
errors, allowing LLD to call its own warning function.
- The existing parse error messages have been updated to not specifically
include "warning" in their message, allowing consumers to determine what
severity the problem is.
- If the line table version field appears to have a value less than 2, an
informative error is returned, instead of just false.
- If the line table unit length field uses a reserved value, an informative
error is returned, instead of just false.
- Dumping of .debug_line.dwo sections is now implemented the same as regular
.debug_line sections.
- Verbose dumping of .debug_line[.dwo] sections now prints the prologue, if
there is a prologue error, just like non-verbose dumping.
As a helper for the generator code, I have re-added emitInt64 to the
AsmPrinter code. This previously existed, but was removed way back in r100296,
presumably because it was dead at the time.
This change also requires a change to LLD, which will be committed separately.
llvm-svn: 331971
2018-05-10 10:51:33 +00:00
|
|
|
/// Emit a long long directive and value.
|
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitInt64(uint64_t Value) const {
|
2020-02-29 08:25:22 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitInt64(Value);
|
[DWARF] Rework debug line parsing to use llvm::Error and callbacks
Reviewed by: dblaikie, JDevlieghere, espindola
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D44560
Summary:
The .debug_line parser previously reported errors by printing to stderr and
return false. This is not particularly helpful for clients of the library code,
as it prevents them from handling the errors in a manner based on the calling
context. This change switches to using llvm::Error and callbacks to indicate
what problems were detected during parsing, and has updated clients to handle
the errors in a location-specific manner. In general, this means that they
continue to do the same thing to external users. Below, I have outlined what
the known behaviour changes are, relating to this change.
There are two levels of "errors" in the new error mechanism, to broadly
distinguish between different fail states of the parser, since not every
failure will prevent parsing of the unit, or of subsequent unit. Malformed
table errors that prevent reading the remainder of the table (reported by
returning them) and other minor issues representing problems with parsing that
do not prevent attempting to continue reading the table (reported by calling a
specified callback funciton). The only example of this currently is when the
last sequence of a unit is unterminated. However, I think it would be good to
change the handling of unrecognised opcodes to report as minor issues as well,
rather than just printing to the stream if --verbose is used (this would be a
subsequent change however).
I have substantially extended the DwarfGenerator to be able to handle
custom-crafted .debug_line sections, allowing for comprehensive unit-testing
of the parser code. For now, I am just adding unit tests to cover the basic
error reporting, and positive cases, and do not currently intend to test every
part of the parser, although the framework should be sufficient to do so at a
later point.
Known behaviour changes:
- The dump function in DWARFContext now does not attempt to read subsequent
tables when searching for a specific offset, if the unit length field of a
table before the specified offset is a reserved value.
- getOrParseLineTable now returns a useful Error if an invalid offset is
encountered, rather than simply a nullptr.
- The parse functions no longer use `WithColor::warning` directly to report
errors, allowing LLD to call its own warning function.
- The existing parse error messages have been updated to not specifically
include "warning" in their message, allowing consumers to determine what
severity the problem is.
- If the line table version field appears to have a value less than 2, an
informative error is returned, instead of just false.
- If the line table unit length field uses a reserved value, an informative
error is returned, instead of just false.
- Dumping of .debug_line.dwo sections is now implemented the same as regular
.debug_line sections.
- Verbose dumping of .debug_line[.dwo] sections now prints the prologue, if
there is a prologue error, just like non-verbose dumping.
As a helper for the generator code, I have re-added emitInt64 to the
AsmPrinter code. This previously existed, but was removed way back in r100296,
presumably because it was dead at the time.
This change also requires a change to LLD, which will be committed separately.
llvm-svn: 331971
2018-05-10 10:51:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2014-10-21 01:17:30 +00:00
|
|
|
/// Emit something like ".long Hi-Lo" where the size in bytes of the directive
|
|
|
|
/// is specified by Size and Hi/Lo specify the labels. This implicitly uses
|
|
|
|
/// .set if it avoids relocations.
|
2020-02-13 13:26:21 -08:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitLabelDifference(const MCSymbol *Hi, const MCSymbol *Lo,
|
2010-03-08 23:58:37 +00:00
|
|
|
unsigned Size) const {
|
2015-06-11 18:58:08 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitAbsoluteSymbolDiff(Hi, Lo, Size);
|
2010-03-08 23:58:37 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
/// EmitLabelPlusOffset - Emit something like ".long Label+Offset"
|
2010-09-02 16:43:44 +00:00
|
|
|
/// where the size in bytes of the directive is specified by Size and Label
|
|
|
|
/// specifies the label. This implicitly uses .set if it is available.
|
2020-02-13 13:26:21 -08:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitLabelPlusOffset(const MCSymbol *Label, uint64_t Offset,
|
2013-11-23 00:05:06 +00:00
|
|
|
unsigned Size,
|
|
|
|
bool IsSectionRelative) const {
|
2013-10-03 19:50:01 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MAI->needsDwarfSectionOffsetDirective() && IsSectionRelative) {
|
2017-01-02 03:00:19 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->EmitCOFFSecRel32(Label, Offset);
|
|
|
|
if (Size > 4)
|
2020-02-15 08:52:56 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitZeros(Size - 4);
|
2013-08-02 16:14:15 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-06-22 01:25:12 +00:00
|
|
|
// Emit Label+Offset (or just Label if Offset is zero)
|
2015-05-30 01:25:56 +00:00
|
|
|
const MCExpr *Expr = MCSymbolRefExpr::create(Label, OutContext);
|
2012-06-22 01:25:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if (Offset)
|
2015-05-30 01:25:56 +00:00
|
|
|
Expr = MCBinaryExpr::createAdd(
|
|
|
|
Expr, MCConstantExpr::create(Offset, OutContext), OutContext);
|
2012-06-22 01:25:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-02-14 22:40:47 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitValue(Expr, Size);
|
2010-09-02 16:43:44 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-01-25 15:12:02 +00:00
|
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
|
|
|
|
2007-05-31 18:57:45 +00:00
|
|
|
// EmitAlignment - Emit an alignment directive to the specified power of
|
2019-09-11 13:37:35 +00:00
|
|
|
// two boundary. If a global value is specified, and if that global has
|
2010-04-28 19:58:07 +00:00
|
|
|
// an explicit alignment requested, it will override the alignment request
|
|
|
|
// if required for correctness.
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitAlignment(Align Alignment, const GlobalObject *GV) const {
|
2014-08-04 21:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if (GV)
|
2019-09-27 12:54:21 +00:00
|
|
|
Alignment = getGVAlignment(GV, GV->getParent()->getDataLayout(), Alignment);
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
[Alignment][NFC] Deprecate Align::None()
Summary:
This is a follow up on https://reviews.llvm.org/D71473#inline-647262.
There's a caveat here that `Align(1)` relies on the compiler understanding of `Log2_64` implementation to produce good code. One could use `Align()` as a replacement but I believe it is less clear that the alignment is one in that case.
Reviewers: xbolva00, courbet, bollu
Subscribers: arsenm, dylanmckay, sdardis, nemanjai, jvesely, nhaehnle, hiraditya, kbarton, jrtc27, atanasyan, jsji, Jim, kerbowa, cfe-commits, llvm-commits
Tags: #clang, #llvm
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D73099
2020-01-21 15:00:04 +01:00
|
|
|
if (Alignment == Align(1))
|
2019-09-11 13:37:35 +00:00
|
|
|
return; // 1-byte aligned: no need to emit alignment.
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-08-18 06:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
if (getCurrentSection()->getKind().isText())
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitCodeAlignment(Alignment.value());
|
2010-02-23 18:46:22 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitValueToAlignment(Alignment.value());
|
2004-08-17 19:14:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-08-05 21:00:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-20 06:20:21 +00:00
|
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
|
|
|
// Constant emission.
|
|
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
|
|
|
|
2014-12-16 19:16:14 +00:00
|
|
|
const MCExpr *AsmPrinter::lowerConstant(const Constant *CV) {
|
|
|
|
MCContext &Ctx = OutContext;
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-23 06:17:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (CV->isNullValue() || isa<UndefValue>(CV))
|
2015-05-30 01:25:56 +00:00
|
|
|
return MCConstantExpr::create(0, Ctx);
|
2010-01-23 06:17:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (const ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CV))
|
2015-05-30 01:25:56 +00:00
|
|
|
return MCConstantExpr::create(CI->getZExtValue(), Ctx);
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-23 06:17:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (const GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(CV))
|
2015-05-30 01:25:56 +00:00
|
|
|
return MCSymbolRefExpr::create(getSymbol(GV), Ctx);
|
2010-08-18 18:41:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-23 06:17:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (const BlockAddress *BA = dyn_cast<BlockAddress>(CV))
|
2015-05-30 01:25:56 +00:00
|
|
|
return MCSymbolRefExpr::create(GetBlockAddressSymbol(BA), Ctx);
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-13 04:29:19 +00:00
|
|
|
const ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(CV);
|
2014-04-24 06:44:33 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!CE) {
|
2010-01-23 06:17:14 +00:00
|
|
|
llvm_unreachable("Unknown constant value to lower!");
|
2010-01-13 04:29:19 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-13 04:29:19 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (CE->getOpcode()) {
|
2016-05-27 15:50:12 -07:00
|
|
|
case Instruction::AddrSpaceCast: {
|
|
|
|
const Constant *Op = CE->getOperand(0);
|
|
|
|
unsigned DstAS = CE->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
|
|
|
|
unsigned SrcAS = Op->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
|
|
|
|
if (TM.isNoopAddrSpaceCast(SrcAS, DstAS))
|
|
|
|
return lowerConstant(Op);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Fallthrough to error.
|
|
|
|
LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2020-03-03 19:16:11 +01:00
|
|
|
default: {
|
2010-02-08 22:02:38 +00:00
|
|
|
// If the code isn't optimized, there may be outstanding folding
|
2012-10-08 16:38:25 +00:00
|
|
|
// opportunities. Attempt to fold the expression using DataLayout as a
|
2010-02-08 22:02:38 +00:00
|
|
|
// last resort before giving up.
|
2020-03-03 19:16:11 +01:00
|
|
|
Constant *C = ConstantFoldConstant(CE, getDataLayout());
|
|
|
|
if (C != CE)
|
|
|
|
return lowerConstant(C);
|
2010-08-04 18:51:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise report the problem to the user.
|
2020-03-03 19:16:11 +01:00
|
|
|
std::string S;
|
|
|
|
raw_string_ostream OS(S);
|
|
|
|
OS << "Unsupported expression in static initializer: ";
|
|
|
|
CE->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false,
|
|
|
|
!MF ? nullptr : MF->getFunction().getParent());
|
|
|
|
report_fatal_error(OS.str());
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-01-13 04:29:19 +00:00
|
|
|
case Instruction::GetElementPtr: {
|
2010-01-23 06:17:14 +00:00
|
|
|
// Generate a symbolic expression for the byte address
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
APInt OffsetAI(getDataLayout().getPointerTypeSizeInBits(CE->getType()), 0);
|
|
|
|
cast<GEPOperator>(CE)->accumulateConstantOffset(getDataLayout(), OffsetAI);
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-12-16 19:16:14 +00:00
|
|
|
const MCExpr *Base = lowerConstant(CE->getOperand(0));
|
2012-12-30 16:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!OffsetAI)
|
2010-01-23 06:17:14 +00:00
|
|
|
return Base;
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-12-30 16:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
int64_t Offset = OffsetAI.getSExtValue();
|
2015-05-30 01:25:56 +00:00
|
|
|
return MCBinaryExpr::createAdd(Base, MCConstantExpr::create(Offset, Ctx),
|
2010-01-23 06:17:14 +00:00
|
|
|
Ctx);
|
2010-01-13 04:29:19 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-23 06:17:14 +00:00
|
|
|
case Instruction::Trunc:
|
|
|
|
// We emit the value and depend on the assembler to truncate the generated
|
|
|
|
// expression properly. This is important for differences between
|
|
|
|
// blockaddress labels. Since the two labels are in the same function, it
|
|
|
|
// is reasonable to treat their delta as a 32-bit value.
|
2016-08-17 20:30:52 +00:00
|
|
|
LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
|
2010-01-13 04:29:19 +00:00
|
|
|
case Instruction::BitCast:
|
2014-12-16 19:16:14 +00:00
|
|
|
return lowerConstant(CE->getOperand(0));
|
2010-01-13 04:29:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case Instruction::IntToPtr: {
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
|
2015-01-26 19:03:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-13 04:29:19 +00:00
|
|
|
// Handle casts to pointers by changing them into casts to the appropriate
|
|
|
|
// integer type. This promotes constant folding and simplifies this code.
|
|
|
|
Constant *Op = CE->getOperand(0);
|
2013-10-21 20:03:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Op = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(Op, DL.getIntPtrType(CV->getType()),
|
2010-01-13 04:29:19 +00:00
|
|
|
false/*ZExt*/);
|
2014-12-16 19:16:14 +00:00
|
|
|
return lowerConstant(Op);
|
2010-01-13 04:29:19 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-13 04:29:19 +00:00
|
|
|
case Instruction::PtrToInt: {
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
|
2015-01-26 19:03:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-13 04:29:19 +00:00
|
|
|
// Support only foldable casts to/from pointers that can be eliminated by
|
|
|
|
// changing the pointer to the appropriately sized integer type.
|
|
|
|
Constant *Op = CE->getOperand(0);
|
2011-07-18 04:54:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Type *Ty = CE->getType();
|
2010-01-23 06:17:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-12-16 19:16:14 +00:00
|
|
|
const MCExpr *OpExpr = lowerConstant(Op);
|
2010-01-13 04:29:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// We can emit the pointer value into this slot if the slot is an
|
2010-01-23 06:17:14 +00:00
|
|
|
// integer slot equal to the size of the pointer.
|
2019-05-23 16:29:09 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// If the pointer is larger than the resultant integer, then
|
|
|
|
// as with Trunc just depend on the assembler to truncate it.
|
2020-09-29 12:08:40 +01:00
|
|
|
if (DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty).getFixedSize() <=
|
|
|
|
DL.getTypeAllocSize(Op->getType()).getFixedSize())
|
2010-01-23 06:17:14 +00:00
|
|
|
return OpExpr;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise the pointer is smaller than the resultant integer, mask off
|
|
|
|
// the high bits so we are sure to get a proper truncation if the input is
|
|
|
|
// a constant expr.
|
2013-10-03 19:50:01 +00:00
|
|
|
unsigned InBits = DL.getTypeAllocSizeInBits(Op->getType());
|
2015-05-30 01:25:56 +00:00
|
|
|
const MCExpr *MaskExpr = MCConstantExpr::create(~0ULL >> (64-InBits), Ctx);
|
|
|
|
return MCBinaryExpr::createAnd(OpExpr, MaskExpr, Ctx);
|
2010-01-13 04:29:19 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-04-22 20:40:10 +00:00
|
|
|
case Instruction::Sub: {
|
|
|
|
GlobalValue *LHSGV;
|
|
|
|
APInt LHSOffset;
|
|
|
|
if (IsConstantOffsetFromGlobal(CE->getOperand(0), LHSGV, LHSOffset,
|
|
|
|
getDataLayout())) {
|
|
|
|
GlobalValue *RHSGV;
|
|
|
|
APInt RHSOffset;
|
|
|
|
if (IsConstantOffsetFromGlobal(CE->getOperand(1), RHSGV, RHSOffset,
|
|
|
|
getDataLayout())) {
|
2016-09-16 07:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
const MCExpr *RelocExpr =
|
|
|
|
getObjFileLowering().lowerRelativeReference(LHSGV, RHSGV, TM);
|
2016-04-22 20:40:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!RelocExpr)
|
|
|
|
RelocExpr = MCBinaryExpr::createSub(
|
|
|
|
MCSymbolRefExpr::create(getSymbol(LHSGV), Ctx),
|
|
|
|
MCSymbolRefExpr::create(getSymbol(RHSGV), Ctx), Ctx);
|
|
|
|
int64_t Addend = (LHSOffset - RHSOffset).getSExtValue();
|
|
|
|
if (Addend != 0)
|
|
|
|
RelocExpr = MCBinaryExpr::createAdd(
|
|
|
|
RelocExpr, MCConstantExpr::create(Addend, Ctx), Ctx);
|
|
|
|
return RelocExpr;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// else fallthrough
|
2017-12-19 22:05:25 +00:00
|
|
|
LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
|
2016-04-22 20:40:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-09 00:02:37 +00:00
|
|
|
// The MC library also has a right-shift operator, but it isn't consistently
|
|
|
|
// signed or unsigned between different targets.
|
2010-01-13 04:29:19 +00:00
|
|
|
case Instruction::Add:
|
2010-02-09 00:02:37 +00:00
|
|
|
case Instruction::Mul:
|
|
|
|
case Instruction::SDiv:
|
|
|
|
case Instruction::SRem:
|
|
|
|
case Instruction::Shl:
|
2010-01-13 04:29:19 +00:00
|
|
|
case Instruction::And:
|
|
|
|
case Instruction::Or:
|
2010-01-23 06:17:14 +00:00
|
|
|
case Instruction::Xor: {
|
2014-12-16 19:16:14 +00:00
|
|
|
const MCExpr *LHS = lowerConstant(CE->getOperand(0));
|
|
|
|
const MCExpr *RHS = lowerConstant(CE->getOperand(1));
|
2010-01-13 04:29:19 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (CE->getOpcode()) {
|
2010-01-23 06:17:14 +00:00
|
|
|
default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown binary operator constant cast expr");
|
2015-05-30 01:25:56 +00:00
|
|
|
case Instruction::Add: return MCBinaryExpr::createAdd(LHS, RHS, Ctx);
|
|
|
|
case Instruction::Sub: return MCBinaryExpr::createSub(LHS, RHS, Ctx);
|
|
|
|
case Instruction::Mul: return MCBinaryExpr::createMul(LHS, RHS, Ctx);
|
|
|
|
case Instruction::SDiv: return MCBinaryExpr::createDiv(LHS, RHS, Ctx);
|
|
|
|
case Instruction::SRem: return MCBinaryExpr::createMod(LHS, RHS, Ctx);
|
|
|
|
case Instruction::Shl: return MCBinaryExpr::createShl(LHS, RHS, Ctx);
|
|
|
|
case Instruction::And: return MCBinaryExpr::createAnd(LHS, RHS, Ctx);
|
|
|
|
case Instruction::Or: return MCBinaryExpr::createOr (LHS, RHS, Ctx);
|
|
|
|
case Instruction::Xor: return MCBinaryExpr::createXor(LHS, RHS, Ctx);
|
2004-08-16 23:15:22 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-01-23 06:17:14 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-08-16 23:15:22 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-08-17 06:36:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
static void emitGlobalConstantImpl(const DataLayout &DL, const Constant *C,
|
|
|
|
AsmPrinter &AP,
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
const Constant *BaseCV = nullptr,
|
|
|
|
uint64_t Offset = 0);
|
2010-04-20 06:20:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-12-08 02:37:48 +00:00
|
|
|
static void emitGlobalConstantFP(const ConstantFP *CFP, AsmPrinter &AP);
|
2018-03-09 18:48:20 +00:00
|
|
|
static void emitGlobalConstantFP(APFloat APF, Type *ET, AsmPrinter &AP);
|
2015-12-08 02:37:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-01-24 09:31:43 +00:00
|
|
|
/// isRepeatedByteSequence - Determine whether the given value is
|
|
|
|
/// composed of a repeated sequence of identical bytes and return the
|
|
|
|
/// byte value. If it is not a repeated sequence, return -1.
|
|
|
|
static int isRepeatedByteSequence(const ConstantDataSequential *V) {
|
|
|
|
StringRef Data = V->getRawDataValues();
|
|
|
|
assert(!Data.empty() && "Empty aggregates should be CAZ node");
|
|
|
|
char C = Data[0];
|
|
|
|
for (unsigned i = 1, e = Data.size(); i != e; ++i)
|
|
|
|
if (Data[i] != C) return -1;
|
2012-01-30 23:47:44 +00:00
|
|
|
return static_cast<uint8_t>(C); // Ensure 255 is not returned as -1.
|
2012-01-24 09:31:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-08-31 17:30:56 +00:00
|
|
|
/// isRepeatedByteSequence - Determine whether the given value is
|
|
|
|
/// composed of a repeated sequence of identical bytes and return the
|
|
|
|
/// byte value. If it is not a repeated sequence, return -1.
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
static int isRepeatedByteSequence(const Value *V, const DataLayout &DL) {
|
2011-08-31 17:30:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if (const ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V)) {
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeAllocSizeInBits(V->getType());
|
2015-06-17 23:55:17 +00:00
|
|
|
assert(Size % 8 == 0);
|
2011-08-31 17:30:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-06-17 23:55:17 +00:00
|
|
|
// Extend the element to take zero padding into account.
|
|
|
|
APInt Value = CI->getValue().zextOrSelf(Size);
|
|
|
|
if (!Value.isSplat(8))
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
2011-08-31 17:30:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-06-17 23:55:17 +00:00
|
|
|
return Value.zextOrTrunc(8).getZExtValue();
|
2011-08-31 17:30:56 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (const ConstantArray *CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArray>(V)) {
|
|
|
|
// Make sure all array elements are sequences of the same repeated
|
|
|
|
// byte.
|
2012-01-24 09:31:43 +00:00
|
|
|
assert(CA->getNumOperands() != 0 && "Should be a CAZ");
|
2015-06-17 23:55:17 +00:00
|
|
|
Constant *Op0 = CA->getOperand(0);
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
int Byte = isRepeatedByteSequence(Op0, DL);
|
2015-06-17 23:55:17 +00:00
|
|
|
if (Byte == -1)
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// All array elements must be equal.
|
|
|
|
for (unsigned i = 1, e = CA->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
|
|
|
|
if (CA->getOperand(i) != Op0)
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
2011-08-31 17:30:56 +00:00
|
|
|
return Byte;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2012-11-20 20:34:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-01-24 09:31:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (const ConstantDataSequential *CDS = dyn_cast<ConstantDataSequential>(V))
|
|
|
|
return isRepeatedByteSequence(CDS);
|
2011-08-31 17:30:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
static void emitGlobalConstantDataSequential(const DataLayout &DL,
|
|
|
|
const ConstantDataSequential *CDS,
|
|
|
|
AsmPrinter &AP) {
|
2012-01-24 09:31:43 +00:00
|
|
|
// See if we can aggregate this into a .fill, if so, emit it as such.
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
int Value = isRepeatedByteSequence(CDS, DL);
|
2012-01-24 09:31:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (Value != -1) {
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
uint64_t Bytes = DL.getTypeAllocSize(CDS->getType());
|
2012-01-31 03:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
// Don't emit a 1-byte object as a .fill.
|
|
|
|
if (Bytes > 1)
|
2016-06-01 01:59:58 +00:00
|
|
|
return AP.OutStreamer->emitFill(Bytes, Value);
|
2012-01-24 09:31:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-11-20 20:34:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-01-24 09:31:43 +00:00
|
|
|
// If this can be emitted with .ascii/.asciz, emit it as such.
|
|
|
|
if (CDS->isString())
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
return AP.OutStreamer->emitBytes(CDS->getAsString());
|
2012-01-24 09:31:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, emit the values in successive locations.
|
|
|
|
unsigned ElementByteSize = CDS->getElementByteSize();
|
|
|
|
if (isa<IntegerType>(CDS->getElementType())) {
|
2012-01-25 01:27:20 +00:00
|
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = CDS->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
|
2012-01-30 05:55:11 +00:00
|
|
|
if (AP.isVerbose())
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
AP.OutStreamer->GetCommentOS() << format("0x%" PRIx64 "\n",
|
|
|
|
CDS->getElementAsInteger(i));
|
2020-02-14 22:40:47 -08:00
|
|
|
AP.OutStreamer->emitIntValue(CDS->getElementAsInteger(i),
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
ElementByteSize);
|
2012-01-24 09:31:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-01-30 05:49:43 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2018-03-09 18:48:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Type *ET = CDS->getElementType();
|
2015-12-08 02:37:48 +00:00
|
|
|
for (unsigned I = 0, E = CDS->getNumElements(); I != E; ++I)
|
2018-03-09 18:48:20 +00:00
|
|
|
emitGlobalConstantFP(CDS->getElementAsAPFloat(I), ET, AP);
|
2012-01-24 09:31:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2013-10-03 19:50:01 +00:00
|
|
|
unsigned Size = DL.getTypeAllocSize(CDS->getType());
|
2020-04-06 17:03:49 -07:00
|
|
|
unsigned EmittedSize =
|
|
|
|
DL.getTypeAllocSize(CDS->getElementType()) * CDS->getNumElements();
|
2018-05-02 17:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
assert(EmittedSize <= Size && "Size cannot be less than EmittedSize!");
|
2012-01-30 05:49:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (unsigned Padding = Size - EmittedSize)
|
2020-02-15 08:52:56 -08:00
|
|
|
AP.OutStreamer->emitZeros(Padding);
|
2012-01-24 09:31:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
static void emitGlobalConstantArray(const DataLayout &DL,
|
|
|
|
const ConstantArray *CA, AsmPrinter &AP,
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
const Constant *BaseCV, uint64_t Offset) {
|
2012-02-05 02:29:43 +00:00
|
|
|
// See if we can aggregate some values. Make sure it can be
|
|
|
|
// represented as a series of bytes of the constant value.
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
int Value = isRepeatedByteSequence(CA, DL);
|
2011-08-31 17:30:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-02-05 02:29:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (Value != -1) {
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
uint64_t Bytes = DL.getTypeAllocSize(CA->getType());
|
2016-06-01 01:59:58 +00:00
|
|
|
AP.OutStreamer->emitFill(Bytes, Value);
|
2012-02-05 02:29:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = CA->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
emitGlobalConstantImpl(DL, CA->getOperand(i), AP, BaseCV, Offset);
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
Offset += DL.getTypeAllocSize(CA->getOperand(i)->getType());
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-12-22 21:14:27 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
static void emitGlobalConstantVector(const DataLayout &DL,
|
|
|
|
const ConstantVector *CV, AsmPrinter &AP) {
|
2010-01-20 07:41:15 +00:00
|
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = CV->getType()->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i)
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
emitGlobalConstantImpl(DL, CV->getOperand(i), AP);
|
2011-06-22 18:55:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-10-03 19:50:01 +00:00
|
|
|
unsigned Size = DL.getTypeAllocSize(CV->getType());
|
|
|
|
unsigned EmittedSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(CV->getType()->getElementType()) *
|
2011-06-22 18:55:03 +00:00
|
|
|
CV->getType()->getNumElements();
|
|
|
|
if (unsigned Padding = Size - EmittedSize)
|
2020-02-15 08:52:56 -08:00
|
|
|
AP.OutStreamer->emitZeros(Padding);
|
2008-12-22 21:14:27 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
static void emitGlobalConstantStruct(const DataLayout &DL,
|
|
|
|
const ConstantStruct *CS, AsmPrinter &AP,
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
const Constant *BaseCV, uint64_t Offset) {
|
2008-12-22 21:14:27 +00:00
|
|
|
// Print the fields in successive locations. Pad to align if needed!
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
unsigned Size = DL.getTypeAllocSize(CS->getType());
|
|
|
|
const StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(CS->getType());
|
2010-01-19 19:10:44 +00:00
|
|
|
uint64_t SizeSoFar = 0;
|
|
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = CS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
|
2010-01-20 07:41:15 +00:00
|
|
|
const Constant *Field = CS->getOperand(i);
|
2008-12-22 21:14:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
// Print the actual field value.
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
emitGlobalConstantImpl(DL, Field, AP, BaseCV, Offset + SizeSoFar);
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-12-22 21:14:27 +00:00
|
|
|
// Check if padding is needed and insert one or more 0s.
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
uint64_t FieldSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(Field->getType());
|
2010-01-20 07:11:32 +00:00
|
|
|
uint64_t PadSize = ((i == e-1 ? Size : Layout->getElementOffset(i+1))
|
|
|
|
- Layout->getElementOffset(i)) - FieldSize;
|
|
|
|
SizeSoFar += FieldSize + PadSize;
|
2008-12-22 21:14:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Insert padding - this may include padding to increase the size of the
|
|
|
|
// current field up to the ABI size (if the struct is not packed) as well
|
|
|
|
// as padding to ensure that the next field starts at the right offset.
|
2020-02-15 08:52:56 -08:00
|
|
|
AP.OutStreamer->emitZeros(PadSize);
|
2008-12-22 21:14:27 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-01-20 07:11:32 +00:00
|
|
|
assert(SizeSoFar == Layout->getSizeInBytes() &&
|
2008-12-22 21:14:27 +00:00
|
|
|
"Layout of constant struct may be incorrect!");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-03-09 18:48:20 +00:00
|
|
|
static void emitGlobalConstantFP(APFloat APF, Type *ET, AsmPrinter &AP) {
|
2019-10-02 13:08:46 +00:00
|
|
|
assert(ET && "Unknown float type");
|
2018-03-09 18:48:20 +00:00
|
|
|
APInt API = APF.bitcastToAPInt();
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-01-11 10:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
// First print a comment with what we think the original floating-point value
|
|
|
|
// should have been.
|
|
|
|
if (AP.isVerbose()) {
|
|
|
|
SmallString<8> StrVal;
|
2018-03-09 18:48:20 +00:00
|
|
|
APF.toString(StrVal);
|
2019-10-02 13:08:46 +00:00
|
|
|
ET->print(AP.OutStreamer->GetCommentOS());
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
AP.OutStreamer->GetCommentOS() << ' ' << StrVal << '\n';
|
2011-12-20 00:02:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2013-01-11 10:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
// Now iterate through the APInt chunks, emitting them in endian-correct
|
|
|
|
// order, possibly with a smaller chunk at beginning/end (e.g. for x87 80-bit
|
|
|
|
// floats).
|
|
|
|
unsigned NumBytes = API.getBitWidth() / 8;
|
|
|
|
unsigned TrailingBytes = NumBytes % sizeof(uint64_t);
|
|
|
|
const uint64_t *p = API.getRawData();
|
2013-01-08 16:56:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-01-11 10:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
// PPC's long double has odd notions of endianness compared to how LLVM
|
|
|
|
// handles it: p[0] goes first for *big* endian on PPC.
|
2018-03-09 18:48:20 +00:00
|
|
|
if (AP.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !ET->isPPC_FP128Ty()) {
|
2013-01-11 10:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
int Chunk = API.getNumWords() - 1;
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-01-11 10:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (TrailingBytes)
|
2020-02-14 22:40:47 -08:00
|
|
|
AP.OutStreamer->emitIntValueInHexWithPadding(p[Chunk--], TrailingBytes);
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-01-11 10:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
for (; Chunk >= 0; --Chunk)
|
2020-02-14 22:40:47 -08:00
|
|
|
AP.OutStreamer->emitIntValueInHexWithPadding(p[Chunk], sizeof(uint64_t));
|
2010-01-20 06:53:37 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2013-01-11 10:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
unsigned Chunk;
|
|
|
|
for (Chunk = 0; Chunk < NumBytes / sizeof(uint64_t); ++Chunk)
|
2020-02-14 22:40:47 -08:00
|
|
|
AP.OutStreamer->emitIntValueInHexWithPadding(p[Chunk], sizeof(uint64_t));
|
2013-01-11 10:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (TrailingBytes)
|
2020-02-14 22:40:47 -08:00
|
|
|
AP.OutStreamer->emitIntValueInHexWithPadding(p[Chunk], TrailingBytes);
|
2010-01-19 22:16:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-01-11 10:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Emit the tail padding for the long double.
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
const DataLayout &DL = AP.getDataLayout();
|
2020-02-15 08:52:56 -08:00
|
|
|
AP.OutStreamer->emitZeros(DL.getTypeAllocSize(ET) - DL.getTypeStoreSize(ET));
|
2018-03-09 18:48:20 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void emitGlobalConstantFP(const ConstantFP *CFP, AsmPrinter &AP) {
|
|
|
|
emitGlobalConstantFP(CFP->getValueAPF(), CFP->getType(), AP);
|
2008-12-22 21:14:27 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2013-07-02 15:49:13 +00:00
|
|
|
static void emitGlobalConstantLargeInt(const ConstantInt *CI, AsmPrinter &AP) {
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
const DataLayout &DL = AP.getDataLayout();
|
2008-12-22 21:14:27 +00:00
|
|
|
unsigned BitWidth = CI->getBitWidth();
|
2013-06-07 18:36:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Copy the value as we may massage the layout for constants whose bit width
|
|
|
|
// is not a multiple of 64-bits.
|
|
|
|
APInt Realigned(CI->getValue());
|
|
|
|
uint64_t ExtraBits = 0;
|
|
|
|
unsigned ExtraBitsSize = BitWidth & 63;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ExtraBitsSize) {
|
|
|
|
// The bit width of the data is not a multiple of 64-bits.
|
|
|
|
// The extra bits are expected to be at the end of the chunk of the memory.
|
|
|
|
// Little endian:
|
|
|
|
// * Nothing to be done, just record the extra bits to emit.
|
|
|
|
// Big endian:
|
|
|
|
// * Record the extra bits to emit.
|
|
|
|
// * Realign the raw data to emit the chunks of 64-bits.
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (DL.isBigEndian()) {
|
2013-06-07 18:36:03 +00:00
|
|
|
// Basically the structure of the raw data is a chunk of 64-bits cells:
|
|
|
|
// 0 1 BitWidth / 64
|
|
|
|
// [chunk1][chunk2] ... [chunkN].
|
|
|
|
// The most significant chunk is chunkN and it should be emitted first.
|
|
|
|
// However, due to the alignment issue chunkN contains useless bits.
|
2020-04-27 14:56:30 -07:00
|
|
|
// Realign the chunks so that they contain only useful information:
|
2013-06-07 18:36:03 +00:00
|
|
|
// ExtraBits 0 1 (BitWidth / 64) - 1
|
|
|
|
// chu[nk1 chu][nk2 chu] ... [nkN-1 chunkN]
|
2020-04-27 14:56:30 -07:00
|
|
|
ExtraBitsSize = alignTo(ExtraBitsSize, 8);
|
2013-06-07 18:36:03 +00:00
|
|
|
ExtraBits = Realigned.getRawData()[0] &
|
|
|
|
(((uint64_t)-1) >> (64 - ExtraBitsSize));
|
2017-04-18 17:14:21 +00:00
|
|
|
Realigned.lshrInPlace(ExtraBitsSize);
|
2013-06-07 18:36:03 +00:00
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
ExtraBits = Realigned.getRawData()[BitWidth / 64];
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-12-22 21:14:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// We don't expect assemblers to support integer data directives
|
|
|
|
// for more than 64 bits, so we emit the data in at most 64-bit
|
|
|
|
// quantities at a time.
|
2013-06-07 18:36:03 +00:00
|
|
|
const uint64_t *RawData = Realigned.getRawData();
|
2008-12-22 21:14:27 +00:00
|
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = BitWidth / 64; i != e; ++i) {
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
uint64_t Val = DL.isBigEndian() ? RawData[e - i - 1] : RawData[i];
|
2020-02-14 22:40:47 -08:00
|
|
|
AP.OutStreamer->emitIntValue(Val, 8);
|
2008-12-22 21:14:27 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-06-07 18:36:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ExtraBitsSize) {
|
|
|
|
// Emit the extra bits after the 64-bits chunks.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Emit a directive that fills the expected size.
|
2020-04-27 14:56:30 -07:00
|
|
|
uint64_t Size = AP.getDataLayout().getTypeStoreSize(CI->getType());
|
2013-06-07 18:36:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Size -= (BitWidth / 64) * 8;
|
|
|
|
assert(Size && Size * 8 >= ExtraBitsSize &&
|
|
|
|
(ExtraBits & (((uint64_t)-1) >> (64 - ExtraBitsSize)))
|
|
|
|
== ExtraBits && "Directive too small for extra bits.");
|
2020-02-14 22:40:47 -08:00
|
|
|
AP.OutStreamer->emitIntValue(ExtraBits, Size);
|
2013-06-07 18:36:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-12-22 21:14:27 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-05-01 15:54:18 +00:00
|
|
|
/// Transform a not absolute MCExpr containing a reference to a GOT
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
/// equivalent global, by a target specific GOT pc relative access to the
|
|
|
|
/// final symbol.
|
|
|
|
static void handleIndirectSymViaGOTPCRel(AsmPrinter &AP, const MCExpr **ME,
|
|
|
|
const Constant *BaseCst,
|
|
|
|
uint64_t Offset) {
|
|
|
|
// The global @foo below illustrates a global that uses a got equivalent.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// @bar = global i32 42
|
|
|
|
// @gotequiv = private unnamed_addr constant i32* @bar
|
|
|
|
// @foo = i32 trunc (i64 sub (i64 ptrtoint (i32** @gotequiv to i64),
|
|
|
|
// i64 ptrtoint (i32* @foo to i64))
|
|
|
|
// to i32)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// The cstexpr in @foo is converted into the MCExpr `ME`, where we actually
|
|
|
|
// check whether @foo is suitable to use a GOTPCREL. `ME` is usually in the
|
|
|
|
// form:
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// foo = cstexpr, where
|
|
|
|
// cstexpr := <gotequiv> - "." + <cst>
|
|
|
|
// cstexpr := <gotequiv> - (<foo> - <offset from @foo base>) + <cst>
|
|
|
|
//
|
2015-05-30 01:25:56 +00:00
|
|
|
// After canonicalization by evaluateAsRelocatable `ME` turns into:
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// cstexpr := <gotequiv> - <foo> + gotpcrelcst, where
|
|
|
|
// gotpcrelcst := <offset from @foo base> + <cst>
|
|
|
|
MCValue MV;
|
2015-05-30 01:25:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!(*ME)->evaluateAsRelocatable(MV, nullptr, nullptr) || MV.isAbsolute())
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2015-06-25 15:17:23 +00:00
|
|
|
const MCSymbolRefExpr *SymA = MV.getSymA();
|
|
|
|
if (!SymA)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-06-25 15:17:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// Check that GOT equivalent symbol is cached.
|
|
|
|
const MCSymbol *GOTEquivSym = &SymA->getSymbol();
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!AP.GlobalGOTEquivs.count(GOTEquivSym))
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-21 21:45:42 +00:00
|
|
|
const GlobalValue *BaseGV = dyn_cast_or_null<GlobalValue>(BaseCst);
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!BaseGV)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2015-06-25 15:17:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// Check for a valid base symbol
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
const MCSymbol *BaseSym = AP.getSymbol(BaseGV);
|
2015-06-25 15:17:23 +00:00
|
|
|
const MCSymbolRefExpr *SymB = MV.getSymB();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!SymB || BaseSym != &SymB->getSymbol())
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Make sure to match:
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// gotpcrelcst := <offset from @foo base> + <cst>
|
|
|
|
//
|
2015-03-06 13:49:05 +00:00
|
|
|
// If gotpcrelcst is positive it means that we can safely fold the pc rel
|
|
|
|
// displacement into the GOTPCREL. We can also can have an extra offset <cst>
|
|
|
|
// if the target knows how to encode it.
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
int64_t GOTPCRelCst = Offset + MV.getConstant();
|
|
|
|
if (GOTPCRelCst < 0)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
2015-03-06 13:48:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!AP.getObjFileLowering().supportGOTPCRelWithOffset() && GOTPCRelCst != 0)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Emit the GOT PC relative to replace the got equivalent global, i.e.:
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// bar:
|
|
|
|
// .long 42
|
|
|
|
// gotequiv:
|
|
|
|
// .quad bar
|
|
|
|
// foo:
|
|
|
|
// .long gotequiv - "." + <cst>
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// is replaced by the target specific equivalent to:
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// bar:
|
|
|
|
// .long 42
|
|
|
|
// foo:
|
|
|
|
// .long bar@GOTPCREL+<gotpcrelcst>
|
|
|
|
AsmPrinter::GOTEquivUsePair Result = AP.GlobalGOTEquivs[GOTEquivSym];
|
|
|
|
const GlobalVariable *GV = Result.first;
|
2015-03-10 20:05:23 +00:00
|
|
|
int NumUses = (int)Result.second;
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
const GlobalValue *FinalGV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(GV->getOperand(0));
|
|
|
|
const MCSymbol *FinalSym = AP.getSymbol(FinalGV);
|
2015-03-06 13:49:05 +00:00
|
|
|
*ME = AP.getObjFileLowering().getIndirectSymViaGOTPCRel(
|
2019-08-22 16:59:00 +00:00
|
|
|
FinalGV, FinalSym, MV, Offset, AP.MMI, *AP.OutStreamer);
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Update GOT equivalent usage information
|
|
|
|
--NumUses;
|
2015-03-10 20:05:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if (NumUses >= 0)
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
AP.GlobalGOTEquivs[GOTEquivSym] = std::make_pair(GV, NumUses);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
static void emitGlobalConstantImpl(const DataLayout &DL, const Constant *CV,
|
|
|
|
AsmPrinter &AP, const Constant *BaseCV,
|
|
|
|
uint64_t Offset) {
|
|
|
|
uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeAllocSize(CV->getType());
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Globals with sub-elements such as combinations of arrays and structs
|
|
|
|
// are handled recursively by emitGlobalConstantImpl. Keep track of the
|
|
|
|
// constant symbol base and the current position with BaseCV and Offset.
|
|
|
|
if (!BaseCV && CV->hasOneUse())
|
|
|
|
BaseCV = dyn_cast<Constant>(CV->user_back());
|
|
|
|
|
2012-03-20 08:56:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(CV) || isa<UndefValue>(CV))
|
2020-02-15 08:52:56 -08:00
|
|
|
return AP.OutStreamer->emitZeros(Size);
|
2010-01-20 07:11:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (const ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CV)) {
|
2020-04-27 14:56:30 -07:00
|
|
|
const uint64_t StoreSize = DL.getTypeStoreSize(CV->getType());
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-25 00:01:07 +03:00
|
|
|
if (StoreSize <= 8) {
|
2010-04-20 06:20:21 +00:00
|
|
|
if (AP.isVerbose())
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
AP.OutStreamer->GetCommentOS() << format("0x%" PRIx64 "\n",
|
|
|
|
CI->getZExtValue());
|
2020-04-27 14:56:30 -07:00
|
|
|
AP.OutStreamer->emitIntValue(CI->getZExtValue(), StoreSize);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2013-07-02 15:49:13 +00:00
|
|
|
emitGlobalConstantLargeInt(CI, AP);
|
2010-01-20 07:11:32 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2020-04-27 14:56:30 -07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Emit tail padding if needed
|
|
|
|
if (Size != StoreSize)
|
|
|
|
AP.OutStreamer->emitZeros(Size - StoreSize);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
2010-01-20 07:11:32 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-19 19:10:44 +00:00
|
|
|
if (const ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(CV))
|
2013-07-02 15:49:13 +00:00
|
|
|
return emitGlobalConstantFP(CFP, AP);
|
2004-08-17 06:36:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 17:57:50 +00:00
|
|
|
if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(CV)) {
|
2020-02-14 22:40:47 -08:00
|
|
|
AP.OutStreamer->emitIntValue(0, Size);
|
2010-01-20 17:57:50 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-01-24 09:31:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (const ConstantDataSequential *CDS = dyn_cast<ConstantDataSequential>(CV))
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
return emitGlobalConstantDataSequential(DL, CDS, AP);
|
2012-11-20 20:34:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-01-24 09:31:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (const ConstantArray *CVA = dyn_cast<ConstantArray>(CV))
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
return emitGlobalConstantArray(DL, CVA, AP, BaseCV, Offset);
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-01-24 09:31:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (const ConstantStruct *CVS = dyn_cast<ConstantStruct>(CV))
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
return emitGlobalConstantStruct(DL, CVS, AP, BaseCV, Offset);
|
2012-01-24 09:31:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-03-20 08:56:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (const ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(CV)) {
|
|
|
|
// Look through bitcasts, which might not be able to be MCExpr'ized (e.g. of
|
|
|
|
// vectors).
|
2012-01-24 09:31:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::BitCast)
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
return emitGlobalConstantImpl(DL, CE->getOperand(0), AP);
|
2012-03-20 08:56:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (Size > 8) {
|
|
|
|
// If the constant expression's size is greater than 64-bits, then we have
|
|
|
|
// to emit the value in chunks. Try to constant fold the value and emit it
|
|
|
|
// that way.
|
2016-07-29 03:27:26 +00:00
|
|
|
Constant *New = ConstantFoldConstant(CE, DL);
|
2020-03-03 19:16:11 +01:00
|
|
|
if (New != CE)
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
return emitGlobalConstantImpl(DL, New, AP);
|
2012-03-20 08:56:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2012-11-20 20:34:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-01-24 09:31:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (const ConstantVector *V = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(CV))
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
return emitGlobalConstantVector(DL, V, AP);
|
2012-11-20 20:34:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-23 06:17:14 +00:00
|
|
|
// Otherwise, it must be a ConstantExpr. Lower it to an MCExpr, then emit it
|
|
|
|
// thread the streamer with EmitValue.
|
2015-02-23 21:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
const MCExpr *ME = AP.lowerConstant(CV);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Since lowerConstant already folded and got rid of all IR pointer and
|
|
|
|
// integer casts, detect GOT equivalent accesses by looking into the MCExpr
|
|
|
|
// directly.
|
|
|
|
if (AP.getObjFileLowering().supportIndirectSymViaGOTPCRel())
|
|
|
|
handleIndirectSymViaGOTPCRel(AP, &ME, BaseCV, Offset);
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-14 22:40:47 -08:00
|
|
|
AP.OutStreamer->emitValue(ME, Size);
|
2010-04-20 06:20:21 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// EmitGlobalConstant - Print a general LLVM constant to the .s file.
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitGlobalConstant(const DataLayout &DL, const Constant *CV) {
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeAllocSize(CV->getType());
|
2010-04-20 06:20:21 +00:00
|
|
|
if (Size)
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
emitGlobalConstantImpl(DL, CV, *this);
|
2010-04-20 06:20:21 +00:00
|
|
|
else if (MAI->hasSubsectionsViaSymbols()) {
|
|
|
|
// If the global has zero size, emit a single byte so that two labels don't
|
|
|
|
// look like they are at the same location.
|
2020-02-14 22:40:47 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitIntValue(0, 1);
|
2010-04-20 06:20:21 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-08-17 06:36:49 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2006-01-27 02:10:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitMachineConstantPoolValue(MachineConstantPoolValue *MCPV) {
|
2006-09-12 21:00:35 +00:00
|
|
|
// Target doesn't support this yet!
|
2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00:00
|
|
|
llvm_unreachable("Target does not support EmitMachineConstantPoolValue");
|
2006-09-12 21:00:35 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-04 18:16:38 +00:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::printOffset(int64_t Offset, raw_ostream &OS) const {
|
|
|
|
if (Offset > 0)
|
|
|
|
OS << '+' << Offset;
|
|
|
|
else if (Offset < 0)
|
|
|
|
OS << Offset;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Add function attribute "patchable-function-prefix" to support -fpatchable-function-entry=N,M where M>0
Similar to the function attribute `prefix` (prefix data),
"patchable-function-prefix" inserts data (M NOPs) before the function
entry label.
-fpatchable-function-entry=2,1 (1 NOP before entry, 1 NOP after entry)
will look like:
```
.type foo,@function
.Ltmp0: # @foo
nop
foo:
.Lfunc_begin0:
# optional `bti c` (AArch64 Branch Target Identification) or
# `endbr64` (Intel Indirect Branch Tracking)
nop
.section __patchable_function_entries,"awo",@progbits,get,unique,0
.p2align 3
.quad .Ltmp0
```
-fpatchable-function-entry=N,0 + -mbranch-protection=bti/-fcf-protection=branch has two reasonable
placements (https://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2020-01/msg01185.html):
```
(a) (b)
func: func:
.Ltmp0: bti c
bti c .Ltmp0:
nop nop
```
(a) needs no additional code. If the consensus is to go for (b), we will
need more code in AArch64BranchTargets.cpp / X86IndirectBranchTracking.cpp .
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D73070
2020-01-20 14:57:11 -08:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitNops(unsigned N) {
|
|
|
|
MCInst Nop;
|
|
|
|
MF->getSubtarget().getInstrInfo()->getNoop(Nop);
|
|
|
|
for (; N; --N)
|
|
|
|
EmitToStreamer(*OutStreamer, Nop);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-04 19:25:43 +00:00
|
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
|
|
|
// Symbol Lowering Routines.
|
|
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
|
|
|
|
2015-03-17 20:07:06 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSymbol *AsmPrinter::createTempSymbol(const Twine &Name) const {
|
|
|
|
return OutContext.createTempSymbol(Name, true);
|
2015-02-27 18:18:39 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Implement smart printing of inline asm strings, handling variants and
substituted operands. For this testcase:
int %test(int %A, int %B) {
%C = call int asm "xyz $0, $1, $2", "=r,r,r"(int %A, int %B)
ret int %C
}
we now emit:
_test:
or r2, r3, r3
or r3, r4, r4
xyz r2, r2, r3 ;; look here
or r3, r2, r2
blr
... note the substituted operands. :)
llvm-svn: 25886
2006-02-01 22:41:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-08 23:10:08 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSymbol *AsmPrinter::GetBlockAddressSymbol(const BlockAddress *BA) const {
|
2010-03-14 17:53:23 +00:00
|
|
|
return MMI->getAddrLabelSymbol(BA->getBasicBlock());
|
2009-10-30 01:27:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-03-14 17:53:23 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSymbol *AsmPrinter::GetBlockAddressSymbol(const BasicBlock *BB) const {
|
|
|
|
return MMI->getAddrLabelSymbol(BB);
|
2009-10-30 01:27:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-23 05:19:23 +00:00
|
|
|
/// GetCPISymbol - Return the symbol for the specified constant pool entry.
|
|
|
|
MCSymbol *AsmPrinter::GetCPISymbol(unsigned CPID) const {
|
2019-07-08 21:05:20 +00:00
|
|
|
if (getSubtargetInfo().getTargetTriple().isWindowsMSVCEnvironment()) {
|
2018-07-25 18:35:31 +00:00
|
|
|
const MachineConstantPoolEntry &CPE =
|
|
|
|
MF->getConstantPool()->getConstants()[CPID];
|
|
|
|
if (!CPE.isMachineConstantPoolEntry()) {
|
|
|
|
const DataLayout &DL = MF->getDataLayout();
|
|
|
|
SectionKind Kind = CPE.getSectionKind(&DL);
|
|
|
|
const Constant *C = CPE.Val.ConstVal;
|
2020-05-21 15:23:00 -07:00
|
|
|
Align Alignment = CPE.Alignment;
|
2018-07-25 18:35:31 +00:00
|
|
|
if (const MCSectionCOFF *S = dyn_cast<MCSectionCOFF>(
|
2020-05-21 15:23:00 -07:00
|
|
|
getObjFileLowering().getSectionForConstant(DL, Kind, C,
|
|
|
|
Alignment))) {
|
2018-07-25 18:35:31 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MCSymbol *Sym = S->getCOMDATSymbol()) {
|
|
|
|
if (Sym->isUndefined())
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolAttribute(Sym, MCSA_Global);
|
2018-07-25 18:35:31 +00:00
|
|
|
return Sym;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
|
|
|
|
return OutContext.getOrCreateSymbol(Twine(DL.getPrivateGlobalPrefix()) +
|
|
|
|
"CPI" + Twine(getFunctionNumber()) + "_" +
|
|
|
|
Twine(CPID));
|
2010-01-23 05:19:23 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// GetJTISymbol - Return the symbol for the specified jump table entry.
|
2010-06-29 22:34:52 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSymbol *AsmPrinter::GetJTISymbol(unsigned JTID, bool isLinkerPrivate) const {
|
|
|
|
return MF->getJTISymbol(JTID, OutContext, isLinkerPrivate);
|
2009-09-12 23:02:08 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-25 21:17:10 +00:00
|
|
|
/// GetJTSetSymbol - Return the symbol for the specified jump table .set
|
|
|
|
/// FIXME: privatize to AsmPrinter.
|
|
|
|
MCSymbol *AsmPrinter::GetJTSetSymbol(unsigned UID, unsigned MBBID) const {
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
|
|
|
|
return OutContext.getOrCreateSymbol(Twine(DL.getPrivateGlobalPrefix()) +
|
|
|
|
Twine(getFunctionNumber()) + "_" +
|
|
|
|
Twine(UID) + "_set_" + Twine(MBBID));
|
2010-01-25 21:17:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2013-12-02 16:25:47 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSymbol *AsmPrinter::getSymbolWithGlobalValueBase(const GlobalValue *GV,
|
2013-11-28 19:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
StringRef Suffix) const {
|
2016-09-16 07:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
return getObjFileLowering().getSymbolWithGlobalValueBase(GV, Suffix, TM);
|
2010-01-15 23:25:11 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2015-06-23 13:59:29 +00:00
|
|
|
/// Return the MCSymbol for the specified ExternalSymbol.
|
2010-01-15 23:18:17 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSymbol *AsmPrinter::GetExternalSymbolSymbol(StringRef Sym) const {
|
|
|
|
SmallString<60> NameStr;
|
2015-07-16 06:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
Mangler::getNameWithPrefix(NameStr, Sym, getDataLayout());
|
2015-05-18 18:43:14 +00:00
|
|
|
return OutContext.getOrCreateSymbol(NameStr);
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-01-15 23:18:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-22 21:50:41 +00:00
|
|
|
/// PrintParentLoopComment - Print comments about parent loops of this one.
|
|
|
|
static void PrintParentLoopComment(raw_ostream &OS, const MachineLoop *Loop,
|
|
|
|
unsigned FunctionNumber) {
|
2014-04-24 06:44:33 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!Loop) return;
|
2010-01-22 21:50:41 +00:00
|
|
|
PrintParentLoopComment(OS, Loop->getParentLoop(), FunctionNumber);
|
|
|
|
OS.indent(Loop->getLoopDepth()*2)
|
|
|
|
<< "Parent Loop BB" << FunctionNumber << "_"
|
|
|
|
<< Loop->getHeader()->getNumber()
|
|
|
|
<< " Depth=" << Loop->getLoopDepth() << '\n';
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// PrintChildLoopComment - Print comments about child loops within
|
|
|
|
/// the loop for this basic block, with nesting.
|
|
|
|
static void PrintChildLoopComment(raw_ostream &OS, const MachineLoop *Loop,
|
|
|
|
unsigned FunctionNumber) {
|
|
|
|
// Add child loop information
|
2014-04-16 22:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
for (const MachineLoop *CL : *Loop) {
|
|
|
|
OS.indent(CL->getLoopDepth()*2)
|
2010-01-22 21:50:41 +00:00
|
|
|
<< "Child Loop BB" << FunctionNumber << "_"
|
2014-04-16 22:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
<< CL->getHeader()->getNumber() << " Depth " << CL->getLoopDepth()
|
2010-01-22 21:50:41 +00:00
|
|
|
<< '\n';
|
2014-04-16 22:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
PrintChildLoopComment(OS, CL, FunctionNumber);
|
2010-01-22 21:50:41 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-09-07 18:16:38 +00:00
|
|
|
/// emitBasicBlockLoopComments - Pretty-print comments for basic blocks.
|
|
|
|
static void emitBasicBlockLoopComments(const MachineBasicBlock &MBB,
|
2010-04-04 18:16:38 +00:00
|
|
|
const MachineLoopInfo *LI,
|
|
|
|
const AsmPrinter &AP) {
|
2010-01-22 21:50:41 +00:00
|
|
|
// Add loop depth information
|
|
|
|
const MachineLoop *Loop = LI->getLoopFor(&MBB);
|
2014-04-24 06:44:33 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!Loop) return;
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-22 21:50:41 +00:00
|
|
|
MachineBasicBlock *Header = Loop->getHeader();
|
|
|
|
assert(Header && "No header for loop");
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-22 21:50:41 +00:00
|
|
|
// If this block is not a loop header, just print out what is the loop header
|
|
|
|
// and return.
|
|
|
|
if (Header != &MBB) {
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
AP.OutStreamer->AddComment(" in Loop: Header=BB" +
|
|
|
|
Twine(AP.getFunctionNumber())+"_" +
|
|
|
|
Twine(Loop->getHeader()->getNumber())+
|
|
|
|
" Depth="+Twine(Loop->getLoopDepth()));
|
2010-01-22 21:50:41 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-22 21:50:41 +00:00
|
|
|
// Otherwise, it is a loop header. Print out information about child and
|
|
|
|
// parent loops.
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
raw_ostream &OS = AP.OutStreamer->GetCommentOS();
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PrintParentLoopComment(OS, Loop->getParentLoop(), AP.getFunctionNumber());
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-22 21:50:41 +00:00
|
|
|
OS << "=>";
|
|
|
|
OS.indent(Loop->getLoopDepth()*2-2);
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-22 21:50:41 +00:00
|
|
|
OS << "This ";
|
2020-09-22 23:28:00 +03:00
|
|
|
if (Loop->isInnermost())
|
2010-01-22 21:50:41 +00:00
|
|
|
OS << "Inner ";
|
|
|
|
OS << "Loop Header: Depth=" + Twine(Loop->getLoopDepth()) << '\n';
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-22 21:50:41 +00:00
|
|
|
PrintChildLoopComment(OS, Loop, AP.getFunctionNumber());
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-16 15:56:02 -07:00
|
|
|
/// emitBasicBlockStart - This method prints the label for the specified
|
2009-09-13 18:25:37 +00:00
|
|
|
/// MachineBasicBlock, an alignment (if present) and a comment describing
|
|
|
|
/// it if appropriate.
|
2020-02-13 13:10:49 -08:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitBasicBlockStart(const MachineBasicBlock &MBB) {
|
2015-09-29 20:12:33 +00:00
|
|
|
// End the previous funclet and start a new one.
|
|
|
|
if (MBB.isEHFuncletEntry()) {
|
|
|
|
for (const HandlerInfo &HI : Handlers) {
|
|
|
|
HI.Handler->endFunclet();
|
|
|
|
HI.Handler->beginFunclet(MBB);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-10-30 01:34:35 +00:00
|
|
|
// Emit an alignment directive for this block, if needed.
|
2020-04-13 12:14:42 -07:00
|
|
|
const Align Alignment = MBB.getAlignment();
|
|
|
|
if (Alignment != Align(1))
|
|
|
|
emitAlignment(Alignment);
|
2008-02-28 00:43:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-10-07 13:21:20 -07:00
|
|
|
// Switch to a new section if this basic block must begin a section. The
|
|
|
|
// entry block is always placed in the function section and is handled
|
|
|
|
// separately.
|
|
|
|
if (MBB.isBeginSection() && !MBB.pred_empty()) {
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->SwitchSection(
|
|
|
|
getObjFileLowering().getSectionForMachineBasicBlock(MF->getFunction(),
|
|
|
|
MBB, TM));
|
|
|
|
CurrentSectionBeginSym = MBB.getSymbol();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-03-16 00:29:39 +00:00
|
|
|
// If the block has its address taken, emit any labels that were used to
|
|
|
|
// reference the block. It is possible that there is more than one label
|
|
|
|
// here, because multiple LLVM BB's may have been RAUW'd to this block after
|
|
|
|
// the references were generated.
|
2014-04-16 22:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MBB.hasAddressTaken()) {
|
|
|
|
const BasicBlock *BB = MBB.getBasicBlock();
|
2010-04-04 18:52:31 +00:00
|
|
|
if (isVerbose())
|
2015-04-24 19:11:51 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->AddComment("Block address taken");
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-10-23 15:06:05 +00:00
|
|
|
// MBBs can have their address taken as part of CodeGen without having
|
|
|
|
// their corresponding BB's address taken in IR
|
|
|
|
if (BB->hasAddressTaken())
|
|
|
|
for (MCSymbol *Sym : MMI->getAddrLabelSymbolToEmit(BB))
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitLabel(Sym);
|
2009-10-30 01:27:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-03-06 22:27:13 +00:00
|
|
|
// Print some verbose block comments.
|
|
|
|
if (isVerbose()) {
|
2015-12-25 09:37:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if (const BasicBlock *BB = MBB.getBasicBlock()) {
|
|
|
|
if (BB->hasName()) {
|
|
|
|
BB->printAsOperand(OutStreamer->GetCommentOS(),
|
|
|
|
/*PrintType=*/false, BB->getModule());
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->GetCommentOS() << '\n';
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
Remove MachineLoopInfo dependency from AsmPrinter.
Summary:
Currently MachineLoopInfo is used in only two places:
1) for computing IsBasicBlockInsideInnermostLoop field of MCCodePaddingContext, and it is never used.
2) in emitBasicBlockLoopComments, which is called only if `isVerbose()` is true.
Despite that, we currently have a dependency on MachineLoopInfo, which makes
pass manager to compute it and MachineDominator Tree. This patch removes the
use (1) and makes the use (2) lazy, thus avoiding some redundant
recomputations.
Reviewers: opaparo, gadi.haber, rafael, craig.topper, zvi
Subscribers: rengolin, javed.absar, hiraditya, llvm-commits
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D44812
llvm-svn: 329542
2018-04-09 00:54:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(MLI != nullptr && "MachineLoopInfo should has been computed");
|
|
|
|
emitBasicBlockLoopComments(MBB, MLI, *this);
|
2012-03-06 22:27:13 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2020-10-07 13:21:20 -07:00
|
|
|
// Print the main label for the block.
|
2015-08-27 23:27:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MBB.pred_empty() ||
|
2020-04-13 12:14:42 -07:00
|
|
|
(!MF->hasBBLabels() && isBlockOnlyReachableByFallthrough(&MBB) &&
|
2020-07-14 11:15:01 +01:00
|
|
|
!MBB.isEHFuncletEntry() && !MBB.hasLabelMustBeEmitted())) {
|
2014-01-31 23:14:01 +00:00
|
|
|
if (isVerbose()) {
|
2010-04-03 22:12:35 +00:00
|
|
|
// NOTE: Want this comment at start of line, don't emit with AddComment.
|
2017-12-04 17:18:51 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitRawComment(" %bb." + Twine(MBB.getNumber()) + ":",
|
|
|
|
false);
|
2010-01-22 19:52:01 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-10-06 17:38:38 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2020-10-07 13:21:20 -07:00
|
|
|
if (isVerbose() && MBB.hasLabelMustBeEmitted())
|
2020-07-14 11:15:01 +01:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->AddComment("Label of block must be emitted");
|
2020-10-07 13:21:20 -07:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitLabel(MBB.getSymbol());
|
2009-10-06 17:38:38 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2020-10-07 13:21:20 -07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// With BB sections, each basic block must handle CFI information on its own
|
|
|
|
// if it begins a section (Entry block is handled separately by
|
|
|
|
// AsmPrinterHandler::beginFunction).
|
|
|
|
if (MBB.isBeginSection() && !MBB.pred_empty())
|
|
|
|
for (const HandlerInfo &HI : Handlers)
|
|
|
|
HI.Handler->beginBasicBlock(MBB);
|
2006-04-22 18:53:45 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2006-08-12 21:29:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Call Frame Information (CFI) Handling for Basic Block Sections
This patch handles CFI with basic block sections, which unlike DebugInfo does
not support ranges. The DWARF standard explicitly requires emitting separate
CFI Frame Descriptor Entries for each contiguous fragment of a function. Thus,
the CFI information for all callee-saved registers (possibly including the
frame pointer, if necessary) have to be emitted along with redefining the
Call Frame Address (CFA), viz. where the current frame starts.
CFI directives are emitted in FDE’s in the object file with a low_pc, high_pc
specification. So, a single FDE must point to a contiguous code region unlike
debug info which has the support for ranges. This is what complicates CFI for
basic block sections.
Now, what happens when we start placing individual basic blocks in unique
sections:
* Basic block sections allow the linker to randomly reorder basic blocks in the
address space such that a given basic block can become non-contiguous with the
original function.
* The different basic block sections can no longer share the cfi_startproc and
cfi_endproc directives. So, each basic block section should emit this
independently.
* Each (cfi_startproc, cfi_endproc) directive will result in a new FDE that
caters to that basic block section.
* Now, this basic block section needs to duplicate the information from the
entry block to compute the CFA as it is an independent entity. It cannot refer
to the FDE of the original function and hence must duplicate all the stuff that
is needed to compute the CFA on its own.
* We are working on a de-duplication patch that can share common information in
FDEs in a CIE (Common Information Entry) and we will present this as a follow up
patch. This can significantly reduce the duplication overhead and is
particularly useful when several basic block sections are created.
* The CFI directives are emitted similarly for registers that are pushed onto
the stack, like callee saved registers in the prologue. There are cfi
directives that emit how to retrieve the value of the register at that point
when the push happened. This has to be duplicated too in a basic block that is
floated as a separate section.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D79978
2020-07-14 11:55:41 -07:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitBasicBlockEnd(const MachineBasicBlock &MBB) {
|
|
|
|
// Check if CFI information needs to be updated for this MBB with basic block
|
|
|
|
// sections.
|
|
|
|
if (MBB.isEndSection())
|
|
|
|
for (const HandlerInfo &HI : Handlers)
|
|
|
|
HI.Handler->endBasicBlock(MBB);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-10-24 06:16:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-02-13 13:26:21 -08:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitVisibility(MCSymbol *Sym, unsigned Visibility,
|
2011-02-23 02:27:05 +00:00
|
|
|
bool IsDefinition) const {
|
2010-01-23 06:53:23 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSymbolAttr Attr = MCSA_Invalid;
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-23 06:53:23 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (Visibility) {
|
|
|
|
default: break;
|
|
|
|
case GlobalValue::HiddenVisibility:
|
2011-02-23 02:27:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if (IsDefinition)
|
|
|
|
Attr = MAI->getHiddenVisibilityAttr();
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
Attr = MAI->getHiddenDeclarationVisibilityAttr();
|
2010-01-23 06:53:23 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case GlobalValue::ProtectedVisibility:
|
|
|
|
Attr = MAI->getProtectedVisibilityAttr();
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2010-01-15 23:38:51 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-01-23 06:53:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (Attr != MCSA_Invalid)
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolAttribute(Sym, Attr);
|
2010-01-15 23:38:51 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-17 18:52:56 +00:00
|
|
|
/// isBlockOnlyReachableByFallthough - Return true if the basic block has
|
|
|
|
/// exactly one predecessor and the control transfer mechanism between
|
|
|
|
/// the predecessor and this block is a fall-through.
|
2010-04-04 17:57:56 +00:00
|
|
|
bool AsmPrinter::
|
|
|
|
isBlockOnlyReachableByFallthrough(const MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const {
|
2020-04-13 12:14:42 -07:00
|
|
|
// With BasicBlock Sections, beginning of the section is not a fallthrough.
|
2020-03-16 15:56:02 -07:00
|
|
|
if (MBB->isBeginSection())
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-17 18:52:56 +00:00
|
|
|
// If this is a landing pad, it isn't a fall through. If it has no preds,
|
|
|
|
// then nothing falls through to it.
|
2015-08-27 23:27:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MBB->isEHPad() || MBB->pred_empty())
|
2010-02-17 18:52:56 +00:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-17 18:52:56 +00:00
|
|
|
// If there isn't exactly one predecessor, it can't be a fall through.
|
2014-04-16 22:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if (MBB->pred_size() > 1)
|
2010-02-17 18:52:56 +00:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-17 18:52:56 +00:00
|
|
|
// The predecessor has to be immediately before this block.
|
2014-04-16 22:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
MachineBasicBlock *Pred = *MBB->pred_begin();
|
2010-02-17 18:52:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!Pred->isLayoutSuccessor(MBB))
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-17 18:52:56 +00:00
|
|
|
// If the block is completely empty, then it definitely does fall through.
|
|
|
|
if (Pred->empty())
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-14 19:30:33 +00:00
|
|
|
// Check the terminators in the previous blocks
|
2014-04-16 22:38:02 +00:00
|
|
|
for (const auto &MI : Pred->terminators()) {
|
2011-06-14 19:30:33 +00:00
|
|
|
// If it is not a simple branch, we are in a table somewhere.
|
2011-12-07 07:15:52 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!MI.isBranch() || MI.isIndirectBranch())
|
2011-06-14 19:30:33 +00:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
|
2014-01-12 19:24:08 +00:00
|
|
|
// If we are the operands of one of the branches, this is not a fall
|
|
|
|
// through. Note that targets with delay slots will usually bundle
|
|
|
|
// terminators with the delay slot instruction.
|
2016-02-27 17:05:33 +00:00
|
|
|
for (ConstMIBundleOperands OP(MI); OP.isValid(); ++OP) {
|
2014-01-12 19:24:08 +00:00
|
|
|
if (OP->isJTI())
|
2011-06-15 21:00:28 +00:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2014-01-12 19:24:08 +00:00
|
|
|
if (OP->isMBB() && OP->getMBB() == MBB)
|
2011-06-14 19:30:33 +00:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
2010-02-17 18:52:56 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2014-04-15 05:34:49 +00:00
|
|
|
GCMetadataPrinter *AsmPrinter::GetOrCreateGCPrinter(GCStrategy &S) {
|
|
|
|
if (!S.usesMetadata())
|
2014-04-24 06:44:33 +00:00
|
|
|
return nullptr;
|
2010-04-04 17:57:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gcp_map_type &GCMap = getGCMap(GCMetadataPrinters);
|
2014-04-15 05:34:49 +00:00
|
|
|
gcp_map_type::iterator GCPI = GCMap.find(&S);
|
2010-04-04 17:57:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if (GCPI != GCMap.end())
|
2014-04-15 05:53:26 +00:00
|
|
|
return GCPI->second.get();
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-10-01 15:44:54 +00:00
|
|
|
auto Name = S.getName();
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-06-19 00:40:00 +01:00
|
|
|
for (const GCMetadataPrinterRegistry::entry &GCMetaPrinter :
|
|
|
|
GCMetadataPrinterRegistry::entries())
|
|
|
|
if (Name == GCMetaPrinter.getName()) {
|
|
|
|
std::unique_ptr<GCMetadataPrinter> GMP = GCMetaPrinter.instantiate();
|
2014-04-15 05:34:49 +00:00
|
|
|
GMP->S = &S;
|
2014-04-15 05:53:26 +00:00
|
|
|
auto IterBool = GCMap.insert(std::make_pair(&S, std::move(GMP)));
|
|
|
|
return IterBool.first->second.get();
|
2008-08-17 12:08:44 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-29 23:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-07 22:58:41 +00:00
|
|
|
report_fatal_error("no GCMetadataPrinter registered for GC: " + Twine(Name));
|
2008-08-17 12:08:44 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-12-14 12:23:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-11-26 18:43:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitStackMaps(StackMaps &SM) {
|
|
|
|
GCModuleInfo *MI = getAnalysisIfAvailable<GCModuleInfo>();
|
|
|
|
assert(MI && "AsmPrinter didn't require GCModuleInfo?");
|
|
|
|
bool NeedsDefault = false;
|
|
|
|
if (MI->begin() == MI->end())
|
|
|
|
// No GC strategy, use the default format.
|
|
|
|
NeedsDefault = true;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
for (auto &I : *MI) {
|
|
|
|
if (GCMetadataPrinter *MP = GetOrCreateGCPrinter(*I))
|
|
|
|
if (MP->emitStackMaps(SM, *this))
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
// The strategy doesn't have printer or doesn't emit custom stack maps.
|
|
|
|
// Use the default format.
|
|
|
|
NeedsDefault = true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NeedsDefault)
|
|
|
|
SM.serializeToStackMapSection();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2013-12-14 12:23:14 +00:00
|
|
|
/// Pin vtable to this file.
|
2017-02-14 00:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
AsmPrinterHandler::~AsmPrinterHandler() = default;
|
2015-03-09 18:29:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void AsmPrinterHandler::markFunctionEnd() {}
|
2016-09-19 00:54:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-01-03 04:30:21 +00:00
|
|
|
// In the binary's "xray_instr_map" section, an array of these function entries
|
|
|
|
// describes each instrumentation point. When XRay patches your code, the index
|
|
|
|
// into this table will be given to your handler as a patch point identifier.
|
2020-04-24 13:39:02 -07:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::XRayFunctionEntry::emit(int Bytes, MCStreamer *Out) const {
|
2017-01-03 04:30:21 +00:00
|
|
|
auto Kind8 = static_cast<uint8_t>(Kind);
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
Out->emitBinaryData(StringRef(reinterpret_cast<const char *>(&Kind8), 1));
|
|
|
|
Out->emitBinaryData(
|
2017-01-03 04:30:21 +00:00
|
|
|
StringRef(reinterpret_cast<const char *>(&AlwaysInstrument), 1));
|
2020-02-14 18:16:24 -08:00
|
|
|
Out->emitBinaryData(StringRef(reinterpret_cast<const char *>(&Version), 1));
|
2017-09-04 05:34:58 +00:00
|
|
|
auto Padding = (4 * Bytes) - ((2 * Bytes) + 3);
|
|
|
|
assert(Padding >= 0 && "Instrumentation map entry > 4 * Word Size");
|
2020-02-15 08:52:56 -08:00
|
|
|
Out->emitZeros(Padding);
|
2017-01-03 04:30:21 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitXRayTable() {
|
|
|
|
if (Sleds.empty())
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
auto PrevSection = OutStreamer->getCurrentSectionOnly();
|
2017-12-15 22:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
const Function &F = MF->getFunction();
|
[XRay] Create an Index of sleds per function
Summary:
This change adds a new section to the xray-instrumented binary that
stores an index into ranges of the instrumentation map, where sleds
associated with the same function can be accessed as an array. At
runtime, we can get access to this index by function ID offset allowing
for selective patching and unpatching by function ID.
Each entry in this new section (xray_fn_idx) will include two pointers
indicating the start and one past the end of the sleds associated with
the same function. These entries will be 16 bytes long on x86 and
aarch64. On arm, we align to 16 bytes anyway so the runtime has to take
that into consideration.
__{start,stop}_xray_fn_idx will be the symbols that the runtime will
look for when we implement the selective patching/unpatching by function
id APIs. Because XRay synthesizes the function id's in a monotonically
increasing manner at runtime now, implementations (and users) can use
this table to look up the sleds associated with a specific function.
This is useful in implementations that want to do things like:
- Implement coverage mode for functions by patching everything
pre-main, then as functions are encountered, the installed handler
can unpatch the function that's been encountered after recording
that it's been called.
- Do "learning mode", so that the implementation can figure out some
statistical information about function calls by function id for a
time being, and then determine which functions are worth
uninstrumenting at runtime.
- Do "selective instrumentation" where an implementation can
specifically instrument only certain function id's at runtime
(either based on some external data, or through some other
heuristics) instead of patching all the instrumented functions at
runtime.
Reviewers: dblaikie, echristo, chandlerc, javed.absar
Subscribers: pelikan, aemerson, kpw, llvm-commits, rengolin
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D32693
llvm-svn: 302109
2017-05-04 03:37:57 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSection *InstMap = nullptr;
|
|
|
|
MCSection *FnSledIndex = nullptr;
|
2020-04-13 22:28:16 -07:00
|
|
|
const Triple &TT = TM.getTargetTriple();
|
2020-09-19 15:44:39 -07:00
|
|
|
// Use PC-relative addresses on all targets.
|
2020-04-13 22:28:16 -07:00
|
|
|
if (TT.isOSBinFormatELF()) {
|
2020-02-14 21:02:26 -08:00
|
|
|
auto LinkedToSym = cast<MCSymbolELF>(CurrentFnSym);
|
2020-04-13 22:28:16 -07:00
|
|
|
auto Flags = ELF::SHF_ALLOC | ELF::SHF_LINK_ORDER;
|
2020-02-14 21:02:26 -08:00
|
|
|
StringRef GroupName;
|
2017-12-15 22:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
if (F.hasComdat()) {
|
2017-09-04 05:34:58 +00:00
|
|
|
Flags |= ELF::SHF_GROUP;
|
2020-02-14 21:02:26 -08:00
|
|
|
GroupName = F.getComdat()->getName();
|
2017-01-03 04:30:21 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2020-02-14 21:02:26 -08:00
|
|
|
InstMap = OutContext.getELFSection("xray_instr_map", ELF::SHT_PROGBITS,
|
|
|
|
Flags, 0, GroupName,
|
|
|
|
MCSection::NonUniqueID, LinkedToSym);
|
2020-06-16 20:36:11 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!TM.Options.XRayOmitFunctionIndex)
|
|
|
|
FnSledIndex = OutContext.getELFSection(
|
|
|
|
"xray_fn_idx", ELF::SHT_PROGBITS, Flags | ELF::SHF_WRITE, 0,
|
|
|
|
GroupName, MCSection::NonUniqueID, LinkedToSym);
|
2017-01-03 04:30:21 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if (MF->getSubtarget().getTargetTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO()) {
|
[XRay] Create an Index of sleds per function
Summary:
This change adds a new section to the xray-instrumented binary that
stores an index into ranges of the instrumentation map, where sleds
associated with the same function can be accessed as an array. At
runtime, we can get access to this index by function ID offset allowing
for selective patching and unpatching by function ID.
Each entry in this new section (xray_fn_idx) will include two pointers
indicating the start and one past the end of the sleds associated with
the same function. These entries will be 16 bytes long on x86 and
aarch64. On arm, we align to 16 bytes anyway so the runtime has to take
that into consideration.
__{start,stop}_xray_fn_idx will be the symbols that the runtime will
look for when we implement the selective patching/unpatching by function
id APIs. Because XRay synthesizes the function id's in a monotonically
increasing manner at runtime now, implementations (and users) can use
this table to look up the sleds associated with a specific function.
This is useful in implementations that want to do things like:
- Implement coverage mode for functions by patching everything
pre-main, then as functions are encountered, the installed handler
can unpatch the function that's been encountered after recording
that it's been called.
- Do "learning mode", so that the implementation can figure out some
statistical information about function calls by function id for a
time being, and then determine which functions are worth
uninstrumenting at runtime.
- Do "selective instrumentation" where an implementation can
specifically instrument only certain function id's at runtime
(either based on some external data, or through some other
heuristics) instead of patching all the instrumented functions at
runtime.
Reviewers: dblaikie, echristo, chandlerc, javed.absar
Subscribers: pelikan, aemerson, kpw, llvm-commits, rengolin
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D32693
llvm-svn: 302109
2017-05-04 03:37:57 +00:00
|
|
|
InstMap = OutContext.getMachOSection("__DATA", "xray_instr_map", 0,
|
2017-01-03 04:30:21 +00:00
|
|
|
SectionKind::getReadOnlyWithRel());
|
2020-06-16 20:36:11 -04:00
|
|
|
if (!TM.Options.XRayOmitFunctionIndex)
|
|
|
|
FnSledIndex = OutContext.getMachOSection(
|
|
|
|
"__DATA", "xray_fn_idx", 0, SectionKind::getReadOnlyWithRel());
|
2017-01-03 04:30:21 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
llvm_unreachable("Unsupported target");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2017-04-17 17:41:25 +00:00
|
|
|
auto WordSizeBytes = MAI->getCodePointerSize();
|
[XRay] Create an Index of sleds per function
Summary:
This change adds a new section to the xray-instrumented binary that
stores an index into ranges of the instrumentation map, where sleds
associated with the same function can be accessed as an array. At
runtime, we can get access to this index by function ID offset allowing
for selective patching and unpatching by function ID.
Each entry in this new section (xray_fn_idx) will include two pointers
indicating the start and one past the end of the sleds associated with
the same function. These entries will be 16 bytes long on x86 and
aarch64. On arm, we align to 16 bytes anyway so the runtime has to take
that into consideration.
__{start,stop}_xray_fn_idx will be the symbols that the runtime will
look for when we implement the selective patching/unpatching by function
id APIs. Because XRay synthesizes the function id's in a monotonically
increasing manner at runtime now, implementations (and users) can use
this table to look up the sleds associated with a specific function.
This is useful in implementations that want to do things like:
- Implement coverage mode for functions by patching everything
pre-main, then as functions are encountered, the installed handler
can unpatch the function that's been encountered after recording
that it's been called.
- Do "learning mode", so that the implementation can figure out some
statistical information about function calls by function id for a
time being, and then determine which functions are worth
uninstrumenting at runtime.
- Do "selective instrumentation" where an implementation can
specifically instrument only certain function id's at runtime
(either based on some external data, or through some other
heuristics) instead of patching all the instrumented functions at
runtime.
Reviewers: dblaikie, echristo, chandlerc, javed.absar
Subscribers: pelikan, aemerson, kpw, llvm-commits, rengolin
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D32693
llvm-svn: 302109
2017-05-04 03:37:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Now we switch to the instrumentation map section. Because this is done
|
|
|
|
// per-function, we are able to create an index entry that will represent the
|
|
|
|
// range of sleds associated with a function.
|
2020-04-24 13:39:02 -07:00
|
|
|
auto &Ctx = OutContext;
|
2017-06-21 06:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSymbol *SledsStart = OutContext.createTempSymbol("xray_sleds_start", true);
|
[XRay] Create an Index of sleds per function
Summary:
This change adds a new section to the xray-instrumented binary that
stores an index into ranges of the instrumentation map, where sleds
associated with the same function can be accessed as an array. At
runtime, we can get access to this index by function ID offset allowing
for selective patching and unpatching by function ID.
Each entry in this new section (xray_fn_idx) will include two pointers
indicating the start and one past the end of the sleds associated with
the same function. These entries will be 16 bytes long on x86 and
aarch64. On arm, we align to 16 bytes anyway so the runtime has to take
that into consideration.
__{start,stop}_xray_fn_idx will be the symbols that the runtime will
look for when we implement the selective patching/unpatching by function
id APIs. Because XRay synthesizes the function id's in a monotonically
increasing manner at runtime now, implementations (and users) can use
this table to look up the sleds associated with a specific function.
This is useful in implementations that want to do things like:
- Implement coverage mode for functions by patching everything
pre-main, then as functions are encountered, the installed handler
can unpatch the function that's been encountered after recording
that it's been called.
- Do "learning mode", so that the implementation can figure out some
statistical information about function calls by function id for a
time being, and then determine which functions are worth
uninstrumenting at runtime.
- Do "selective instrumentation" where an implementation can
specifically instrument only certain function id's at runtime
(either based on some external data, or through some other
heuristics) instead of patching all the instrumented functions at
runtime.
Reviewers: dblaikie, echristo, chandlerc, javed.absar
Subscribers: pelikan, aemerson, kpw, llvm-commits, rengolin
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D32693
llvm-svn: 302109
2017-05-04 03:37:57 +00:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->SwitchSection(InstMap);
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitLabel(SledsStart);
|
2020-04-13 22:28:16 -07:00
|
|
|
for (const auto &Sled : Sleds) {
|
2020-09-19 15:44:39 -07:00
|
|
|
MCSymbol *Dot = Ctx.createTempSymbol();
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitLabel(Dot);
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitValueImpl(
|
|
|
|
MCBinaryExpr::createSub(MCSymbolRefExpr::create(Sled.Sled, Ctx),
|
|
|
|
MCSymbolRefExpr::create(Dot, Ctx), Ctx),
|
|
|
|
WordSizeBytes);
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitValueImpl(
|
|
|
|
MCBinaryExpr::createSub(
|
|
|
|
MCSymbolRefExpr::create(CurrentFnBegin, Ctx),
|
|
|
|
MCBinaryExpr::createAdd(MCSymbolRefExpr::create(Dot, Ctx),
|
|
|
|
MCConstantExpr::create(WordSizeBytes, Ctx),
|
|
|
|
Ctx),
|
|
|
|
Ctx),
|
|
|
|
WordSizeBytes);
|
2020-04-24 13:39:02 -07:00
|
|
|
Sled.emit(WordSizeBytes, OutStreamer.get());
|
2020-04-13 22:28:16 -07:00
|
|
|
}
|
2017-06-21 06:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
MCSymbol *SledsEnd = OutContext.createTempSymbol("xray_sleds_end", true);
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitLabel(SledsEnd);
|
[XRay] Create an Index of sleds per function
Summary:
This change adds a new section to the xray-instrumented binary that
stores an index into ranges of the instrumentation map, where sleds
associated with the same function can be accessed as an array. At
runtime, we can get access to this index by function ID offset allowing
for selective patching and unpatching by function ID.
Each entry in this new section (xray_fn_idx) will include two pointers
indicating the start and one past the end of the sleds associated with
the same function. These entries will be 16 bytes long on x86 and
aarch64. On arm, we align to 16 bytes anyway so the runtime has to take
that into consideration.
__{start,stop}_xray_fn_idx will be the symbols that the runtime will
look for when we implement the selective patching/unpatching by function
id APIs. Because XRay synthesizes the function id's in a monotonically
increasing manner at runtime now, implementations (and users) can use
this table to look up the sleds associated with a specific function.
This is useful in implementations that want to do things like:
- Implement coverage mode for functions by patching everything
pre-main, then as functions are encountered, the installed handler
can unpatch the function that's been encountered after recording
that it's been called.
- Do "learning mode", so that the implementation can figure out some
statistical information about function calls by function id for a
time being, and then determine which functions are worth
uninstrumenting at runtime.
- Do "selective instrumentation" where an implementation can
specifically instrument only certain function id's at runtime
(either based on some external data, or through some other
heuristics) instead of patching all the instrumented functions at
runtime.
Reviewers: dblaikie, echristo, chandlerc, javed.absar
Subscribers: pelikan, aemerson, kpw, llvm-commits, rengolin
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D32693
llvm-svn: 302109
2017-05-04 03:37:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// We then emit a single entry in the index per function. We use the symbols
|
|
|
|
// that bound the instrumentation map as the range for a specific function.
|
2017-05-04 04:55:46 +00:00
|
|
|
// Each entry here will be 2 * word size aligned, as we're writing down two
|
|
|
|
// pointers. This should work for both 32-bit and 64-bit platforms.
|
2020-06-16 20:36:11 -04:00
|
|
|
if (FnSledIndex) {
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->SwitchSection(FnSledIndex);
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitCodeAlignment(2 * WordSizeBytes);
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolValue(SledsStart, WordSizeBytes, false);
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolValue(SledsEnd, WordSizeBytes, false);
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->SwitchSection(PrevSection);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-01-03 04:30:21 +00:00
|
|
|
Sleds.clear();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-09-19 00:54:35 +00:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::recordSled(MCSymbol *Sled, const MachineInstr &MI,
|
2017-09-04 05:34:58 +00:00
|
|
|
SledKind Kind, uint8_t Version) {
|
2017-12-15 22:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
const Function &F = MI.getMF()->getFunction();
|
|
|
|
auto Attr = F.getFnAttribute("function-instrument");
|
|
|
|
bool LogArgs = F.hasFnAttribute("xray-log-args");
|
2016-09-19 00:54:35 +00:00
|
|
|
bool AlwaysInstrument =
|
|
|
|
Attr.isStringAttribute() && Attr.getValueAsString() == "xray-always";
|
2017-03-06 06:48:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if (Kind == SledKind::FUNCTION_ENTER && LogArgs)
|
|
|
|
Kind = SledKind::LOG_ARGS_ENTER;
|
2017-09-04 05:34:58 +00:00
|
|
|
Sleds.emplace_back(XRayFunctionEntry{Sled, CurrentFnSym, Kind,
|
2017-12-15 22:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
AlwaysInstrument, &F, Version});
|
2016-09-19 00:54:35 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-11-23 23:30:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-01-03 00:35:47 -08:00
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::emitPatchableFunctionEntries() {
|
|
|
|
const Function &F = MF->getFunction();
|
Add function attribute "patchable-function-prefix" to support -fpatchable-function-entry=N,M where M>0
Similar to the function attribute `prefix` (prefix data),
"patchable-function-prefix" inserts data (M NOPs) before the function
entry label.
-fpatchable-function-entry=2,1 (1 NOP before entry, 1 NOP after entry)
will look like:
```
.type foo,@function
.Ltmp0: # @foo
nop
foo:
.Lfunc_begin0:
# optional `bti c` (AArch64 Branch Target Identification) or
# `endbr64` (Intel Indirect Branch Tracking)
nop
.section __patchable_function_entries,"awo",@progbits,get,unique,0
.p2align 3
.quad .Ltmp0
```
-fpatchable-function-entry=N,0 + -mbranch-protection=bti/-fcf-protection=branch has two reasonable
placements (https://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2020-01/msg01185.html):
```
(a) (b)
func: func:
.Ltmp0: bti c
bti c .Ltmp0:
nop nop
```
(a) needs no additional code. If the consensus is to go for (b), we will
need more code in AArch64BranchTargets.cpp / X86IndirectBranchTracking.cpp .
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D73070
2020-01-20 14:57:11 -08:00
|
|
|
unsigned PatchableFunctionPrefix = 0, PatchableFunctionEntry = 0;
|
|
|
|
(void)F.getFnAttribute("patchable-function-prefix")
|
|
|
|
.getValueAsString()
|
|
|
|
.getAsInteger(10, PatchableFunctionPrefix);
|
2020-01-20 15:52:38 -08:00
|
|
|
(void)F.getFnAttribute("patchable-function-entry")
|
|
|
|
.getValueAsString()
|
|
|
|
.getAsInteger(10, PatchableFunctionEntry);
|
Add function attribute "patchable-function-prefix" to support -fpatchable-function-entry=N,M where M>0
Similar to the function attribute `prefix` (prefix data),
"patchable-function-prefix" inserts data (M NOPs) before the function
entry label.
-fpatchable-function-entry=2,1 (1 NOP before entry, 1 NOP after entry)
will look like:
```
.type foo,@function
.Ltmp0: # @foo
nop
foo:
.Lfunc_begin0:
# optional `bti c` (AArch64 Branch Target Identification) or
# `endbr64` (Intel Indirect Branch Tracking)
nop
.section __patchable_function_entries,"awo",@progbits,get,unique,0
.p2align 3
.quad .Ltmp0
```
-fpatchable-function-entry=N,0 + -mbranch-protection=bti/-fcf-protection=branch has two reasonable
placements (https://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2020-01/msg01185.html):
```
(a) (b)
func: func:
.Ltmp0: bti c
bti c .Ltmp0:
nop nop
```
(a) needs no additional code. If the consensus is to go for (b), we will
need more code in AArch64BranchTargets.cpp / X86IndirectBranchTracking.cpp .
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D73070
2020-01-20 14:57:11 -08:00
|
|
|
if (!PatchableFunctionPrefix && !PatchableFunctionEntry)
|
2020-01-03 00:35:47 -08:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
const unsigned PointerSize = getPointerSize();
|
|
|
|
if (TM.getTargetTriple().isOSBinFormatELF()) {
|
|
|
|
auto Flags = ELF::SHF_WRITE | ELF::SHF_ALLOC;
|
2020-02-14 20:35:04 -08:00
|
|
|
const MCSymbolELF *LinkedToSym = nullptr;
|
|
|
|
StringRef GroupName;
|
2020-01-03 00:35:47 -08:00
|
|
|
|
2020-02-14 20:35:04 -08:00
|
|
|
// GNU as < 2.35 did not support section flag 'o'. Use SHF_LINK_ORDER only
|
|
|
|
// if we are using the integrated assembler.
|
2020-01-12 12:23:16 -08:00
|
|
|
if (MAI->useIntegratedAssembler()) {
|
2020-01-03 00:35:47 -08:00
|
|
|
Flags |= ELF::SHF_LINK_ORDER;
|
2020-01-12 12:23:16 -08:00
|
|
|
if (F.hasComdat()) {
|
|
|
|
Flags |= ELF::SHF_GROUP;
|
2020-02-14 20:35:04 -08:00
|
|
|
GroupName = F.getComdat()->getName();
|
2020-01-12 12:23:16 -08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2020-02-14 20:35:04 -08:00
|
|
|
LinkedToSym = cast<MCSymbolELF>(CurrentFnSym);
|
2020-01-12 12:23:16 -08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2020-02-14 20:35:04 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->SwitchSection(OutContext.getELFSection(
|
|
|
|
"__patchable_function_entries", ELF::SHT_PROGBITS, Flags, 0, GroupName,
|
|
|
|
MCSection::NonUniqueID, LinkedToSym));
|
2020-02-13 16:36:27 -08:00
|
|
|
emitAlignment(Align(PointerSize));
|
2020-02-14 19:21:58 -08:00
|
|
|
OutStreamer->emitSymbolValue(CurrentPatchableFunctionEntrySym, PointerSize);
|
2020-01-03 00:35:47 -08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-11-23 23:30:37 +00:00
|
|
|
uint16_t AsmPrinter::getDwarfVersion() const {
|
|
|
|
return OutStreamer->getContext().getDwarfVersion();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void AsmPrinter::setDwarfVersion(uint16_t Version) {
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->getContext().setDwarfVersion(Version);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2020-09-15 11:29:48 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool AsmPrinter::isDwarf64() const {
|
|
|
|
return OutStreamer->getContext().getDwarfFormat() == dwarf::DWARF64;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned int AsmPrinter::getDwarfOffsetByteSize() const {
|
|
|
|
return dwarf::getDwarfOffsetByteSize(
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->getContext().getDwarfFormat());
|
|
|
|
}
|
2020-09-15 11:30:10 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned int AsmPrinter::getUnitLengthFieldByteSize() const {
|
|
|
|
return dwarf::getUnitLengthFieldByteSize(
|
|
|
|
OutStreamer->getContext().getDwarfFormat());
|
|
|
|
}
|